Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing: Principles On Content Marketing, Building an Audience & Online Coaching Sales

#385 | The Mental Trap Is Blocking Your Ability To Grow & Monetize (Without You Realizing It)

Thu, 09 Apr 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly sabotaging your podcast growth by doing more instead of thinking smarter?

Most podcasters believe the key to growth is producing more content, more consistently, or promoting harder. But in this episode, we reveal the hidden mental trap—tunnel vision—that quietly derails even the most motivated creators.

You’ll discover how this invisible force steals your focus, leads to bad decisions, and keeps you stuck in survival mode instead of strategic thinking.

Here’s what you’ll learn:

The 3 hidden growth stages most podcasters skip—and why it matters.
How we lost $100K by chasing the wrong growth lever (so you don’t have to).
A dead-simple mindset shift that creates momentum, traction, and trust with your audience.

If your podcast growth has plateaued, this episode will show you exactly why—and how to change it. Tune in now to get out of the tunnel and back into your zone of growth.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

You'll learn how to grow and monetize faster, get more listeners and engagement, increase downloads, attract more subscribers, clients or sponsors, and turn your show into a revenue-generating platform.

If you listen to any of the following shows, we're sure you'll ours too! Podcasting Made Simple by Alex Sanfilippo, Grow The Show: How to Grow a Podcast Audience & Monetize by Kevin Chemidlin, School of Podcasting by Dave Jackson, Grow My Podcast Show by Deirdre Tshien, Podcast Marketing Trends Explained by Jeremy Enns & Justin Jackson, Organic Marketing Simplified by Juliana Barbati.

#384 | The Mental Trap Is Blocking Your Ability To Grow & Monetize (Without You Realizing It)

Mon, 30 Mar 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly sabotaging your podcast growth by doing more instead of thinking smarter?

You’ll discover how this invisible force steals your focus, leads to bad decisions, and keeps you stuck in survival mode instead of strategic thinking.

Here’s what you’ll learn:

The 3 hidden growth stages most podcasters skip—and why it matters.
How we lost $100K by chasing the wrong growth lever (so you don’t have to).
A dead-simple mindset shift that creates momentum, traction, and trust with your audience.

If your podcast growth has plateaued, this episode will show you exactly why—and how to change it. Tune in now to get out of the tunnel and back into your zone of growth.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#383 | You’ll Never Break Past 5000 Monthly Downloads Because You're Making This One Mistake

Thu, 26 Mar 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Click here to book a free strategy session if you want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads in 6 months or less and have a fully monetized podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests.

Are you secretly settling for small podcast downloads and wondering why your show isn’t growing?

You’re not alone. Many creators fall into “tactical autopilot”—staying busy with content creation while avoiding the uncomfortable truth: consistency without strategy equals flatlined growth. If you’ve been stuck under 3,000 monthly downloads for months (or years), this episode will hit close to home.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why staying comfortable with small podcast downloads creates a hidden growth ceiling.
The simple shift from “tactics mode” to “strategy mode” that transforms your results.
Five practical steps to set clear goals, track meaningful metrics, and finally grow.

If you’re ready to stop spinning your wheels and start building a podcast that actually grows, hit play on this episode now.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#382 | The REAL Reason Why Your Podcast Isn’t Landing You Clients & How To Fix That

Mon, 23 Mar 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Are you spending hours each week on your podcast but still not landing clients?

If you’ve been podcasting consistently but aren’t seeing predictable growth or income, the problem isn’t effort—it’s strategy. Most coaches treat their show like a hobby, leaving thousands of dollars on the table because their podcast system isn’t built for client generation.

In this episode, you’ll discover the exact steps to transform your show from a content habit into a business asset.

Here’s what you’ll walk away with:

Why posting more content won’t fix stalled podcast growth
How to structure your podcast system to attract the right listeners consistently
The three-step framework that turns your audience into paying clients, generating real client generation

If you want your podcast to stop being just another weekly task and start becoming a predictable source of clients and revenue, this episode will show you exactly how to make it happen.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#381 | 3 Not So Obvious Growth & Monetization Mistakes Online Coaches Should Avoid At All Costs

Thu, 19 Mar 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Are you putting in months (or years) of effort into your podcast… but seeing little to no growth or sales?

If you’re an online coach trying to grow your podcast and turn it into a revenue-generating asset, this episode breaks down why your current strategy might not be working—even if you’re doing everything you’ve been told.

After working with 400+ podcasters and interviewing 100 shows, the truth is clear: most online coaches are unknowingly stuck repeating the same mistakes that block both growth and monetization.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

The biggest myth about podcast growth that’s wasting your time (and what to do instead)
How to position yourself as the authority so listeners actually become paying clients
The fastest way to turn your podcast into a consistent lead and sales machine

If you’re serious about fixing your podcast growth and finally unlocking real monetization, this episode will show you exactly where you’re going wrong—and how to correct it fast.

👉 Tune in now to start turning your podcast into a high-ROI growth engine.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#380 | #1 Way Online Coaches With Podcasts Ruin Their Growth and Progress

Mon, 16 Mar 2026 04:00:00 +0100

7 Podcast SEO Sins Keeping Your Invisible To New Listeners & How To Fix Them

Are you sabotaging your own podcast growth before your strategy has time to work?

Most online coaches assume their podcast strategy isn’t working when downloads don’t immediately spike. But the real issue usually isn’t your content—it’s that your Podcast SEO and Apple and Spotify rankings are improving behind the scenes, long before your downloads explode.

In this episode, you’ll discover why so many podcasters unknowingly reset months of progress and how to recognize the hidden signals that your strategy is actually working.

By listening, you’ll learn:

The biggest Podcast SEO mistake that silently kills podcast growth before it takes off
The hidden behind-the-scenes signals that your Apple and Spotify rankings are improving
How to stay consistent with Podcast SEO so your podcast growth compounds instead of resetting

If you want to stop sabotaging your progress and finally start climbing the Apple and Spotify rankings, this episode will show you exactly what to watch for so your podcast growth can accelerate. 🎙️🚀

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#379 | 3 Podcast Growth Myths You’re Following That Keep You Stuck Under 1000 Listeners Per Episode

Thu, 12 Mar 2026 04:00:00 +0100

7 Podcast SEO Sins Keeping Your Invisible To New Listeners & How To Fix Them

Are you posting on social media, booking big guests, and still stuck under 1,000 downloads per episode?

Many podcasters believe growth comes from promoting clips on social media, inviting high-profile guests, or switching platforms like YouTube. But these strategies often fail because they ignore how podcast discovery actually works—especially on platforms like Apple Podcasts where most new listeners search for shows.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

The biggest podcast growth myth about social media promotion and why it rarely converts into real listeners.
Why high-profile guests don’t actually grow your audience (and what matters more than guest size).
The real reason podcasts stay stuck under 1,000 listeners and how podcast SEO on Apple Podcasts changes everything.

If you want to understand what actually drives podcast growth and how podcast SEO helps your show get discovered on Apple Podcasts, this episode will completely change how you approach growing your show.

🎧 Listen now to learn how to stop relying on myths and start building real podcast growth.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#378 | This Unfair Marketing Principle Is The #1 Reason Why 99% of Podcasts Fail | Podcast Growth and Monetization for Online Coaches

Mon, 09 Mar 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly sabotaging your podcast before you even record the first episode?

Most podcasters follow generic “how to start a podcast” advice that sets them up for failure. The cracks in your show’s foundation may not be obvious at first—but months or years later, you’re left wondering why your audience isn’t growing or monetizing.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

The single foundational mistake that explains why podcasts fail—and why so few people see it.
The unfair marketing principle that top shows use to attract the perfect listeners.
How to realign your show’s foundation so growth, retention, and monetization finally become possible.

If you want to stop guessing and start growing, this episode will give you the clarity you need.

Tune in now to learn the unfair marketing principle that separates failing shows from thriving ones.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#377 | 3 Simple Data Points You Should Be Tracking To Grow Your Business With Your Podcast

Thu, 05 Mar 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Click Here To Discover 7 Highly Effective & PROVEN Tactics Want to Keep Your Podcast Listeners Hooked & Coming Back for More

Are you secretly wondering whether your podcast is actually helping you grow your business — or if it’s just an expensive hobby?

If you’re putting in hours recording, editing, and promoting your show but struggling to justify the time and investment, the problem likely isn’t your effort. It’s the podcast metrics you’re tracking. Most business owners obsess over vanity numbers while ignoring the three data points that directly impact revenue, growth, and listener retention.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

The one podcast metric that reveals whether your audience is actually growing (or silently shrinking).
How listener retention determines whether anyone hears — and acts on — your call to action.
The simple way to track real leads and sales so your podcast can consistently grow your business.

If you’re ready to stop guessing, start measuring what matters, and turn your show into a true business asset, this episode will show you exactly where to focus.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#376 | Are You Working 24/7 On Your Business & Podcast… But The Money Still Doesn’t Match Your Effort?

Mon, 02 Mar 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads and monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here.

Are you working nonstop on your business and still wondering why your podcast growth hasn’t translated into real revenue?

If you’re pouring hours into content creation, publishing consistently, and staying “busy” — but struggling to monetize your podcast — the issue probably isn’t effort. It’s strategy. Without a clear podcast strategy connecting visibility to conversion, your show becomes another weekly task instead of a growth engine.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why high output doesn’t guarantee podcast growth (and what actually does).
The structural gaps stopping you from being able to monetize your podcast consistently.
How to shift from reactive content creation to a scalable podcast strategy that attracts, nurtures, and converts the right listeners.

If you’re ready to stop brute-forcing growth and finally build a podcast that works as a true strategic asset, this episode will show you exactly where to start.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#375 | A Dummy’s Guide To Monetizing Your Podcast

Thu, 26 Feb 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads and monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here.

Are you still waiting for podcast monetization to magically happen from ads & sponsors?

If you’ve been podcasting for months — or even years — without making real money, the problem likely isn’t your effort. It’s that you haven’t clearly decided whether to sell your own stuff or rely on podcast ads & sponsors. And trying to play both halfway is exactly what keeps most podcasters stuck.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

The only two real paths to podcast monetization — and how much you can realistically expect from each
The simple math behind why sell your own stuff can generate thousands per month with a small audience
The hard truth about podcast ads & sponsors, including what it actually takes to make meaningful income

If you’re ready to stop guessing and finally choose the podcast monetization path that fits where you are right now, this episode will give you the clarity you’ve been missing.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#374 | 3 Ridiculous Actions You’re Avoiding That Guarantee Your Podcast Never Grows

Mon, 23 Feb 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads and monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here.

Still waiting for your podcast to “just take off”?

If you’ve been consistently publishing episodes but your podcast growth is flat, your monetization is inconsistent, and your show barely shows up in search results — this episode is going to hit home.

Most podcasters believe that consistency alone will eventually lead to visibility, authority, and income. But without a clear strategy for podcast growth, proper podcast SEO, and intentional monetization, you’re not building momentum — you’re just staying busy.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why consistency without strategy guarantees stalled podcast growth
The critical role podcast SEO plays in real visibility and discoverability
What separates top 1% podcasters from those stuck without monetization

If you’re done feeling invisible and ready to turn your podcast into a real growth engine for your business, this episode will show you exactly where you’re leaking potential — and how to fix it.

Press play and start treating your podcast like the growth asset it was meant to be.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#373 | The #1 Growth Tactic You Can Use Today To Make Listeners Binge Your Podcast

Thu, 19 Feb 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Why isn’t your podcast growing, even though you’ve been having amazing conversations for years?

If you’re tired of pouring energy into your podcast only to get crickets, this episode will change the game. Discover the real reason listeners aren't clicking play—and how a single shift in your approach can make your show truly binge-worthy.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

How to uncover the most urgent problems your audience is desperate to solve (and build content around them).
Why your episode titles are killing your growth—and how to make them irresistible.
A simple but powerful way to create binge-worthy content, even if you’re not producing more episodes.

Start growing your podcast today by making episodes your audience can’t ignore. Tune in now.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#372 | How To Stay Stuck At Your 9-5 With A ‘Hobby’ Podcast That Can’t Monetize

Mon, 16 Feb 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads and monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here.

Are you secretly treating your podcast like a hobby… while expecting it to fund your freedom?

If you say you want to monetize your podcast and quit your 9–5, but your actions don’t reflect that commitment, your podcast growth will always hit a ceiling. The market doesn’t respond to intentions — it responds to execution.

In this episode, we break down the uncomfortable truth behind why so many podcasters stay stuck for years without traction, income, or momentum — and what separates hobby-level effort from business-level results.

Inside this episode, you’ll discover:

The single biggest decision that determines whether your podcast growth ever takes off
Why “great content” isn’t enough to monetize your podcast
The execution shift required if you actually want to quit your 9–5

If you’re tired of plateauing and ready to turn your podcast into a real business, this episode will challenge you to raise your standards and take action.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#371 | The #1 Podcast SEO Mistake You’re Making That’s Keeping You Buried on Page 8 of Apple and Spotify

Thu, 12 Feb 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Click Here To Discover the 7 Podcast SEO Sins & How To Fix Them To Rank Page 1 Apple & Spotify OR visit getmorelisteners.com/seosins

Why are you still stuck on page eight of Apple and Spotify — even though you’ve “done SEO”?

If you’ve been adding keywords to your episode titles, following random SEO tips, and waiting for growth that never comes… this episode will explain exactly why nothing is happening. Most podcasters think SEO is a keyword trick — but that misunderstanding is what keeps them permanently invisible.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

The biggest misconception about podcast SEO that stops shows from ranking
How Apple & Spotify actually decide which podcasts appear on page one
The system that helped one client grow from 4,000 to 40,000 downloads and generate $100,000 in revenue

If you’re serious about fixing your Podcast SEO Mistakes and finally turning your show into a discoverable, revenue-generating asset, this episode will show you what’s really going on behind the scenes — and what to do next.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#370 | Why Smart Experts with Podcasts Work Harder Every Year and Still Can’t Leave Their Jobs

Mon, 09 Feb 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads and monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here..

Are you working harder on your podcast every year — yet still stuck in the same job you want to escape?

You’re publishing consistently, booking great guests, and promoting everywhere… yet your podcast growth has stalled and podcast monetization feels completely out of reach. Instead of building momentum, the show is quietly becoming an expensive side hobby that drains your time without moving you closer to replacing your income.

In this episode, we break down the real reason smart professionals stay stuck for years — not because they lack effort, but because they’re missing the one thing that actually drives sustainable podcast growth and predictable podcast monetization.

By listening, you’ll discover:

Why consistency and “trying everything” keeps your podcast invisible instead of growing
How to stop wasting years on tactics that feel productive but never lead to income
The unavoidable shift required to turn your podcast into a business that can replace your 9–5

If you’re serious about building podcast growth that leads to real podcast monetization — not someday, but intentionally — this episode will show you exactly what needs to change.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#369 | The Exact Exposure System We Used to Make $20,000 From A 25 Minute Podcast Guest Appearance and How You Can Too

Thu, 05 Feb 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Click Here To Discover the 7 Podcast SEO Sins & How To Fix Them To Rank Page 1 Apple & Spotify OR visit getmorelisteners.com/seosins

Have you ever wondered why spending hours booking guests still isn’t growing your podcast—or your income?

If you’re a podcaster or business owner trying to grow faster, the traditional “invite guests and hope they promote” strategy is broken. In this episode, Anthony and Taig reveal why podcast guesting flips the script—putting you in front of established audiences with a system that removes guesswork and turns interviews into real revenue.

By listening, you’ll learn:

How to use podcast guesting to generate sales without relying on luck or big-name guests
The four principles that separate amateur appearances from top 1% podcast guesting results
How to convert new listeners into followers, clients, and long-term authority—without sounding salesy

If you want to stop hoping interviews work and start using podcast guesting as a predictable growth and monetization engine, this episode will show you exactly how.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#368 | Why Chasing More Reach Is Quietly Killing Your Podcast Growth (And The Real Bottleneck You’re Ignoring)

Mon, 02 Feb 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Click Here To Discover 7 Highly Effective & PROVEN Tactics Want to Keep Your Podcast Listeners Hooked & Coming Back for More

Is it possible that more reach is actually the reason your podcast growth has been stuck for years?

You’ve followed the advice.

You’ve chased bigger guests, posted more clips, and pushed harder on promotion — yet your podcast growth hasn’t moved. If that sounds familiar, this episode exposes the uncomfortable truth most podcasters avoid: the real bottleneck isn’t more reach… it’s podcast retention.

In this episode, we break down the exact blind spot that keeps business owners and experts trapped in “busy but stuck” mode, why doing everything “right” can still lead to flatlined numbers, and how living in podcasting La-La Land quietly kills momentum.

By listening, you’ll discover:

Why podcast growth stalls even when you’re getting more reach — and how retention leaks sabotage results
The 3 critical questions that reveal whether your podcast retention is broken before you waste more time promoting
How to turn strangers into loyal listeners who binge your content instead of bouncing

If your podcast has been stuck for months (or years), this episode will help you identify the real problem — and finally fix what’s holding your podcast growth back.

🎧 Listen now and stop chasing more reach at the expense of podcast retention.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#367 | The Growth Principle Top 1% of Podcasters Focus On Mastering (That Most Experienced Podcasters Overlook)

Thu, 29 Jan 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Click Here To Discover 7 Highly Effective & PROVEN Tactics Want to Keep Your Podcast Listeners Hooked & Coming Back for More

Is your podcast growth stuck—even though you’re posting consistently, booking guests, and sharing clips everywhere?

Most podcasters assume their problem is visibility. In reality, the issue is much deeper: your podcast marketing isn’t persuading anyone to press play. Instead of selling the outcome of your show, you’re simply describing it—and the market is quietly rejecting it.

In this episode, Taig and Anthony reveal the single growth principle the top 1% of podcasters obsess over, and why podcast titles, covers, descriptions, and show notes aren’t informational assets—they’re sales assets.

You’ll discover:

Why podcast growth stalls when your podcast titles and branding inform instead of persuade
How to position your podcast so the right listeners feel like not listening costs them something
The exact mindset shift that turns your podcast marketing into a system that attracts and retains listeners

If you want podcast growth that compounds month after month—without posting more or chasing bigger guests—this episode will completely change how you view your show. 🎧

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#366 | The Secret Tactic The Top 1% of Podcasters Use That Makes Growing An Audience Effortless & How You Can Do The Same

Mon, 26 Jan 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Click Here To Discover 7 Podcast SEO SIN To Avoid So You Rank and Become Visible On Apple And Spotify.

Ever feel like you’re doing everything right, yet your podcast still isn’t growing?

Most podcasters are stuck trying to generate attention—posting endlessly on social media and hoping guests promote their episodes—only to feel busy, frustrated, and invisible. In this episode, we break down why that approach keeps you stuck and how shifting to Podcast SEO allows you to capture demand that already exists so you can finally grow a podcast in a predictable way.

By listening, you’ll discover:

Why generating attention drains your time and energy, while capturing demand makes growth feel effortless
How Podcast SEO helps you show up exactly when listeners are searching, not scrolling
The simple positioning shifts that help you grow a podcast consistently without relying on social media

If you’re ready to stop shouting into the void and start attracting listeners who are already looking for you, listen to this episode now and learn how to capture demand the smart way. 🎧

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#365 | How Jake Grew His Podcast To 300k Monthly Downloads In 9 Months Without Social Media Or Guests

Thu, 22 Jan 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wonder why your podcast isn’t growing—even though you’re posting great content consistently?

If you’ve been stuck with slow podcast growth, declining momentum, or flat monthly downloads, this episode reveals the hidden reason most podcasters never see. The truth is, content alone doesn’t drive discovery—and believing it does may be quietly burying your show. In this episode, Anthony and Taig break down the exact Podcast SEO shift that helped podcasters go from invisible to discoverable on Apple Podcasts and Spotify.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

How Podcast SEO helps you rank on Apple & Spotify so new listeners find you every month
Why podcast growth stalls even with great content—and how to fix it fast
The simple system that increases monthly downloads without social media or big-name guests

If you want predictable podcast growth, higher monthly downloads, and a system that works while you sleep, this episode will completely change how you think about growing a podcast.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#364 | The Belief You Must Shatter Today To Finally Start Generating Income From Your Podcast

Mon, 19 Jan 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads and monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here.

Ever wonder why your podcast gets listens but not clients, sales, or real income?

If you’ve been putting in years of effort, publishing solid episodes, and still feel invisible, this episode explains exactly why podcast growth and podcast monetization feel so random — and why they’re not supposed to be. Most podcasters unknowingly design their shows in a way that makes growth accidental and income unpredictable.

In this episode, you’ll learn how successful podcasters intentionally engineer podcast growth, how they guide listeners toward monetization, and why podcast SEO is the missing piece that determines whether your show gets discovered at all.

By listening, you’ll discover how to:

Eliminate randomness from podcast monetization by designing a clear listener-to-client journey
Attract the right audience by aligning your podcast growth strategy with a specific listener and outcome
Get discovered consistently using podcast SEO so new listeners can actually find your show

If you’re done guessing, tired of stagnant downloads, and ready to build podcast growth that leads to real podcast monetization, this episode will give you the clarity and system you’ve been missing.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#363 | Avoid These 3 Mistakes At All Costs If You Want To Grow and Generate More Sales With Your Podcast in 2026!

Thu, 15 Jan 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Click Here To Discover 7 Highly Effective & PROVEN Tactics Want to Keep Your Podcast Listeners Hooked & Coming Back for More

Is your podcast still not growing or generating sales—even though you’re publishing consistently?

If you’re putting time, energy, and creativity into your show but podcast growth feels painfully slow, this episode breaks down why. Most podcasters don’t fail because of bad content—they fail because they skip the fundamentals that actually drive podcast positioning, retention, and podcast monetization in 2026.

In this episode, Taig and Anthony unpack the three biggest growth-killing mistakes podcasters make and explain exactly where your focus needs to be if you want listeners to turn into loyal fans and paying clients.

By listening, you’ll discover:

How tightening your podcast positioning makes podcast growth feel easier and more predictable
Why your show name and cover art directly impact podcast monetization and listener retention
A simple monthly habit that reveals what actually fuels sustainable podcast growth

If you want your podcast to stop feeling like an expensive hobby and start driving real results, this episode will show you exactly where to focus next—press play and fix the foundations of your podcast growth today. 🎧

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#362 | The Ugly Truth Behind Why 99% of Podcasts Never Go Full-Time

Mon, 12 Jan 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Are you telling yourself things are “fine” while your podcast stays stuck, unprofitable, and going nowhere?

If you want real podcast growth, true podcast monetization, and the freedom of a full-time podcast, this episode forces an uncomfortable but necessary conversation. Many podcasters believe they’re doing everything right — staying consistent, enjoying the process, keeping things “safe.” But beneath the surface, denial, comfort, and rationalization are quietly killing momentum, urgency, and income.

In this episode, Anthony and Taig unpack the hidden psychology that keeps podcasters trapped in limbo — working jobs they’re misaligned with while their podcast never becomes the business they say they want.

You’ll discover:

Why comfort and “good enough” circumstances destroy podcast growth faster than bad strategy
How denial and rationalization block podcast monetization — even when effort feels high
The mindset shift required to turn a podcast from a side project into a full-time podcast

If you’re serious about podcast growth, podcast monetization, and finally building a full-time podcast — this episode may be the wake-up call you’ve been avoiding.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#361 | 2 Simple Growth Systems The Top 1% Of Podcasters Obsess Over That You’re Probably Sleeping On

Thu, 08 Jan 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Click Here To Discover 7 Highly Effective & PROVEN Tactics Want to Keep Your Podcast Listeners Hooked & Coming Back for More

Ever wonder why you can post consistently for a year and still make zero dollars from your podcast?

If you’re putting in hours every week, showing up consistently, and still watching your podcast plateau, you’re not alone. In fact, 85% of business owners and experts never make a single penny from their show. Not because podcasting doesn’t work—but because they’re focused on the wrong things. In this episode, we break down why fluffy content, random topics, and unclear positioning are quietly killing your growth and how the top 1% think differently.

By listening to this episode, you’ll discover:

The two non-negotiable growth systems for podcast success that determine whether strangers click play—or scroll past.
How to fix stagnant growth by improving conversion and retention without creating more content.
Real-world examples of how a simple shift helped podcasters 10× their audience and add $1M to their pipeline.

If you want your podcast to stop feeling like a time drain and start working like a growth engine for your business, this episode will show you exactly what to focus on next—so you can finally be part of the 15% that make podcasting pay off. 🎙️🚀

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#360 | Invisible Problems Silently Killing Your Podcast’s Growth (That No One's Talking About)

Mon, 05 Jan 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads in 6 months or less and finally monetize your podcast?

Click here and book a free strategy session with the Get More Listeners team.

Or visit: getmorelisteners.com/growmypodcast

What if all your hard work on your podcast is leading... nowhere?

You've been showing up, staying consistent, promoting on social media, and pouring your heart into every episode—but the growth just isn’t happening. What if the core belief driving your efforts is actually sabotaging your podcast’s success? This episode uncovers the invisible mindset keeping talented podcasters stuck.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why “hard work + time = growth” is a dangerous myth for podcasters
How to replace passive hope with intentional strategy to finally grow your audience
A mindset shift that will reframe how you see your podcast’s true potential—and make it pay off

Hit play to challenge your assumptions, break the cycle of slow growth, and finally get your podcast in front of the people who need it most.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#359 | Steal This 6 Point Checklist To Write The Perfect Podcast Show Description and Explode Your Growth In 2026

Thu, 01 Jan 2026 04:00:00 +0100

Podcast Statistics & Industry Trends 2025, which can be found here: https://www.thepodcasthost.com/listening/podcast-industry-stats/

Are you overlooking the one part of your podcast that most new listeners check before ever pressing play?

If your podcast isn’t converting strangers into listeners, your show description might be the real problem — not your content, guests, or consistency. Most podcasters set it once and forget it, even though it plays a critical role in podcast marketing and long-term podcast growth.

In this episode, you’ll learn exactly how to structure a high-converting show description using a simple, proven checklist that helps new listeners instantly know this show is for them.

What you’ll walk away with:

A step-by-step framework to write a show description that hooks attention and builds instant relevance
Clear ways to communicate your podcast’s value so strangers want to listen immediately
A simple call-to-action strategy that removes friction and drives more first-time listens

If you want your podcast marketing to work harder without creating more content, this episode will show you how to turn your show description into a powerful podcast growth lever — starting today.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#358 | What’s Possible For Your Podcast In 2026? Shocking Listening & Revenue Stats Revealed

Mon, 29 Dec 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Podcast Statistics & Industry Trends 2025, which can be found here: https://www.thepodcasthost.com/listening/podcast-industry-stats/

What if everything you’ve been told about podcast growth, video, and monetization heading into 2026 is only half true?

Right now, podcasters are overwhelmed by pressure to add video, fear that audio is dying, and uncertainty around whether podcasting is even worth the effort anymore. In this episode, Taig O'Shea and Anthony Nwaneri break down real-world data and firsthand client results to cut through the noise and show you what’s actually happening in podcasting — and where the real opportunity lies.

By listening, you’ll discover:

Why audio podcasting is still dominant — and what the data really says about YouTube vs audio listening.
How fewer active podcasts + more listeners creates a massive growth advantage in 2026.
What truly drives podcast revenue, including how small, niche shows are generating five figures a month without huge download numbers.

If you want clarity, confidence, and a smarter strategy for growing and monetizing your podcast in 2026, listen to this episode now and recalibrate your approach with real data, not internet hype.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#357 | Merry Christmas | Special Gift Inside

Thu, 25 Dec 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wonder why small moments sometimes leave the biggest impact on your audience—especially during the holidays?

This episode is a heartfelt pause from the usual strategy talk, reminding you that connection matters just as much as content. Anthony and Taig share a genuine Merry Christmas message to thank you for listening, supporting, and growing alongside the show—proving that sometimes the simplest gesture is the most meaningful special gift you can give your audience.

Receive this Merry Christmas special gift as a reminder that connection, gratitude, and presence are what truly grow a podcast. 🎄🎙️

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#356 | Top 5 Growth & Monetization Mindset Shifts We’ve Learned In 2025

Mon, 22 Dec 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads and monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here.

Are you unknowingly thinking about your podcast in a way that’s keeping it stuck below its potential?

Most podcasters focus on tactics—posting more, promoting harder, chasing guests—yet still struggle with slow growth and zero monetization. In this episode, Taig and Anthony break down the five growth & monetization mindset shifts that consistently separate podcasters who “grow a little” from those who scale past 10,000 downloads a month and turn their show into a real revenue engine.

Inside this episode, you’ll discover:

Why obsessing over your listeners (not just downloads) is the fastest path to scale
How capturing existing demand beats generating attention every single time
The mindset shift that turns your podcast from a hobby into a money-making business

If you want 2026 to be the year your podcast finally grows faster, monetizes smarter, and stops feeling like guesswork, this episode will completely change how you think about your show—starting today.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#355 | Top 5 Tactical Growth & Monetization Lessons We’ve Learned In 2025 That You Can’t Afford To Ignore In 2026

Thu, 18 Dec 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads and monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here.

Are you focusing on the wrong things—and accidentally slowing down your podcast’s growth heading into 2026?

If you’ve been publishing consistently but still feel stuck, this episode breaks down the exact tactical growth and monetization lessons learned in 2025 that actually moved the needle for real podcasters. Not theories. Not trends. Proven shifts that led to faster growth, stronger retention, and listeners who chase you instead of the other way around.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

How a single change to your episode titles can unlock faster, compounding podcast growth
Why most podcasters don’t have an exposure problem—and what to fix instead
The simplest way to increase retention and turn first-time listeners into binge listeners

If you want your podcast positioned to grow smarter, faster, and more sustainably in 2026, this episode will completely change how you think about growth and monetization—starting today.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#354 | Why You Should Let Go Of The Need To Do More In 2026 If You Want Faster Growth & Monetization

Mon, 15 Dec 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly sabotaging your podcast growth by doing too much?

As a podcaster, it’s tempting to tackle every growth and monetization strategy all at once.

But spreading yourself too thin can leave you overwhelmed and stuck in a cycle of minimal progress.

This episode shows you how to eliminate inefficiencies and focus on what truly moves the needle for your podcast.

In this episode, you will:

Learn how to break free from the “New Year’s delusion” and focus on what really matters for podcast growth.
Discover the three essential actions that will help you grow your podcast faster and more effectively.
Find out how to identify and cut out the tasks and strategies that aren't serving your podcast goals.

Listen now to unlock the secrets of doing less but achieving more with your podcast in 2025—because faster growth and monetization are closer than you think.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing. Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

If you listen to any of the following shows, we're sure you'll ours too!

Podcasting Made Simple by Alex Sanfilippo, Grow The Show: How to Grow a Podcast Audience & Monetize by Kevin Chemidlin, School of Podcasting by Dave Jackson, Grow My Podcast Show by Deirdre Tshien, Podcast Marketing Trends Explained by Jeremy Enns & Justin Jackson, Organic Marketing Simplified by Juliana Barbati.

#353 | 3 Not So Obvious Holes The Top 1% Of Podcasters Plug Every December To Stop Losing Listeners

Thu, 11 Dec 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Click here to get your free podcast mini audit + a copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing or visit https://getmorelisteners.com/book

Are you unknowingly losing listeners every December without even realizing it?

Most podcasters assume growth comes from publishing the next episode — but as this conversation reveals, the real leaks happen in places you rarely check. If you’ve been watching your download numbers stall or drop off, the issue might be buried in your back catalog, your neglected show notes, or outdated promotions.

Inside this episode, you’ll learn:

How to revive your worst-performing episodes so they finally pull their weight and attract new listeners.
How to turn weak show notes into conversion machines that make people hit play instantly.
How to use dynamic post-rolls to automatically promote what matters most in 2026 without recording anything new.

Ready to patch the holes and turn December into your highest-leverage month? Tap play and start fixing what’s silently holding your podcast back.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#352 | MUST-LISTEN If Your Podcast Didn’t Grow Or Monetize In 2025…

Mon, 08 Dec 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads and monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here..

Are you unknowingly clinging to a version of your podcast that's actually holding you back?

Most podcasters assume their show will grow if they stay consistent — but in 2025 we saw more creators pod-fade than ever before, not because they weren’t talented… but because they didn’t realize they were attached to a strategy that no longer worked. This episode breaks down the hidden psychology behind stalled downloads, why sunk-cost thinking quietly destroys progress, and the exact mindset shift that separates stagnant hosts from the ones who bounce back fast.

By listening, you’ll discover:

The subtle mental traps that cause you to double down on a format, brand, or message — even when your numbers scream otherwise.
How high-performing podcasters adapt, rebrand, and reinvent to trigger rapid audience growth and monetization.
Exactly how to diagnose whether your show needs a pivot, plus the signs your audience is begging you to change your approach.

If you’re ready to stop feeling invisible and finally spark the momentum you expected in 2025, this is the must-listen episode that shows you what to change and why it works.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#351 | The 3 Mistakes Podcasters Always Make in December (And Regret All of January)

Thu, 04 Dec 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly sabotaging your podcast during December—the single most misunderstood month for growth?

Most creators slow down, post randomly, or disappear entirely during the holidays… and then wonder why January feels like pushing a broken car uphill. This episode breaks down the three biggest mistakes podcasters do in December that destroy momentum, shrink your listener base, and delay your monetization goals.

In this episode, you’ll learn how to avoid the traps that cost podcasters listeners every single year and discover why Christmas is secretly one of the easiest times to grow your show.

You’ll walk away knowing:

How to keep listeners loyal while everyone else ghosts their audience
How to use your 2025 data strategically so 2026 becomes your fastest growth year
How to create timely, irresistible content that pulls in new listeners during the holidays

If you want momentum—not regret—hit play and learn exactly how to avoid the biggest mistakes podcasters do in December.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#350 | The Not-So-Obvious Holiday Strategy That Saves Podcasters From the December Slump

Mon, 01 Dec 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Click here to get your free podcast mini audit + a copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing or visit https://getmorelisteners.com/book

What if the real reason your December downloads drop has nothing to do with your content—and everything to do with timing?

Most podcasters hit a wall in December, not because their show gets worse, but because their holiday strategy doesn’t match the mood of their listeners. In this episode, Taig and Anthony reveal the simple remix approach that turns your existing episodes into timely, relevant, binge-worthy content that drives podcast growth through the holidays.

You’ll discover:

Why timing—not topics—is the #1 holiday strategy lever for podcast growth
How to repackage your best-performing episodes so they feel made for this moment
The two-step remix plan that boosts engagement while every other podcaster takes a break

Listen now to learn how to turn the holiday slump into your biggest podcast growth advantage of the year.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#349 | Ignoring The Psychology Behind Irresistible Episode Titles Is Losing You Hundreds Of New Listeners Every Week

Thu, 27 Nov 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are your podcast titles secretly costing you hundreds of new listeners every single week?

In this episode, we break down the overlooked psychology behind irresistible podcast title writing—and why even great content gets ignored when the title repels listeners in the first two seconds.

By listening, you’ll discover:

How urgency transforms your titles from “maybe later” to “I need this right now.”
How tapping into pain points triggers instant attention and clicks.
How using one simple word—you—dramatically boosts engagement and relevance.

Tap play now to learn how to upgrade every title you write and start attracting more listeners from your very next episode.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#348 | What The Top 1% Of Podcasters Do DIFFERENTLY AT Christmas To Blow Up Their Show

Mon, 24 Nov 2025 04:00:00 +0100

What if the real reason your downloads drop in December has nothing to do with listeners disappearing—and everything to do with the content you publish?

Most podcasters assume Christmas kills their momentum, but top podcasters on Christmas quietly gain more visibility, build deeper listener loyalty, and position themselves for a massive January surge. The difference? They understand how listener psychology shifts in December and they create content that meets listeners in the moment.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

How holiday routines change listener behavior—and how top podcasters on Christmas adapt to it
Why generic episodes flop in December and what timely content your audience actually wants
The simple seasonal strategies top podcasters on Christmas use to grow when everyone else goes dark

If you want to start 2026 with momentum instead of recovering from a December slump, press play and learn exactly how to stay relevant while everyone else disappears.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#347 | The 3 Not-So-Obvious Mindset Shifts You Need To Break Past 5000 Monthly Downloads In The Next 6 Months

Thu, 20 Nov 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Work With Us 7 Effective Way To Keep Listeners Hooke Playbook

Are you stuck under 5,000 monthly downloads no matter how much content you create or how often you promote your show?

Most podcasters think the solution is more exposure, more posts, or bigger guests — but in this episode, you’ll discover why those approaches often cause slow growth and the simple mindset shifts that unlock real momentum.

Inside this conversation, we break down the three not-so-obvious mindset shifts for more downloads that helped us and our clients finally break through stagnation and start growing consistently.

You’ll walk away with:

A clearer understanding of why capturing attention beats generating attention every time
A proven way to design a podcast that markets itself instead of relying on constant promotion
A simple shift to transform your show from generic value to specific solutions listeners can’t ignore

If you’re ready to grow your podcast faster with less effort, tap play and implement these mindset shifts for more downloads today.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#346 | What Does A Podcast Growth & Monetization Strategy That WORKS Look Like?

Mon, 17 Nov 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads and monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here.

What if the real reason your podcast isn’t growing has nothing to do with your content—and everything to do with the strategy you think you have?

If you’ve been publishing episodes, staying consistent, and still not seeing traction, this episode breaks down exactly why your podcast growth strategy actually work may be missing the parts that move the needle. We walk you through why most hosts stay stuck, how to finally diagnose your blind spots, and the specific actions that lead to real momentum and monetization.

Here’s what you’ll walk away with:

Clarity on what a real podcast growth strategy actually work looks like—and why yours may not be one yet.
A step-by-step understanding of how to assess your current position using listener data, retention metrics, and SEO.
A clear roadmap for choosing the right actions based on your actual constraints: time, money, or both.

Ready to finally build a podcast growth strategy actually work that accelerates downloads and revenue? Press play and transform the way you grow your show.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#345 | Why Interviewing Guests On Your Podcast Is Killing Sales For Your Business

Thu, 13 Nov 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever been told that interviewing high-profile guests is the way to grow your podcast and build authority? What if that exact strategy is the reason your sales are flatlining?

In this episode, Taig O'Shea and Anthony Nwaneri expose the uncomfortable truth about how the guest-interview format can quietly sabotage your ability to convert listeners into paying clients. You’ll learn why giving your guests the spotlight makes it harder for your audience to see you as the expert—and how a small shift in strategy can completely change your results.

Tune in to discover:

The real reason interviewing guests is killing sales for most business podcasts.
The psychological disconnect that stops listeners from buying your offers after guest-heavy episodes.
The simple solo format shift that helped one client earn $16,000 in just seven days with under 2,000 downloads a month.

Ready to turn your podcast from a passive brand tool into a client-generating machine? Listen now to learn how to stop interviewing guests and start selling through your show.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#344 | Dangerous Words 99% Of Podcasters Say (These Keep You Stuck With Slow Growth & No ROI)

Mon, 10 Nov 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads and monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here.

Are you unknowingly sabotaging your own podcast growth with just a few dangerous words?

If your show has great content but you’re still stuck with slow growth and no ROI, this episode exposes the exact phrases and excuses that are keeping most podcasters from building a thriving, profitable audience. Anthony and Taig share the mindset shifts that separate stagnant hosts from those earning $5K–$40K a month from their shows.

What You’ll Learn:

The #1 “dangerous phrase” that kills your marketing momentum (and how to replace it).
How to shift from “I don’t have time” to taking control of your podcast growth plan.
Why “I’m just using it for relationships” is costing you real money—and what to focus on instead.

If you’re ready to stop staying stuck in slow growth and no ROI, listen now to discover how to ditch these dangerous words and finally grow the podcast—and income—you deserve.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#343 | 5 Reasons Your Show Isn’t Growing As Fast As You’d Like (Hidden In Plain Sight)

Thu, 06 Nov 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you tired of promoting your podcast everywhere online but still not seeing real growth? What if the biggest reasons your show isn’t taking off are actually hiding in plain sight?

In this episode, Anthony Nwaneri and Taig O’Shea reveal five obvious reasons your podcast isn’t growing as fast as you’d like — and the one simple change that can help you gain podcast growth without relying on endless online promotion. If you’ve ever felt like you’re self-sabotaging your show’s success without realizing it, this one’s for you.

You’ll discover:

Why your podcast name may be turning away your ideal listeners before they even click.
How to build a focused content strategy that attracts binge-worthy listeners.
The subtle title mistake that kills podcast growth (and how to fix it fast).

Listen now to learn the small but powerful change that helps your podcast gain traction and grow — without having to promote it online.

How to know your target listeners: Listen to #341 | Take This 30 Second Test To Know If Your Podcast Targeting Is Clear Enough To Grow Past 5000 Monthly Downloads

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#342 | Do Guests Tell You The Show Is Amazing, But Your Growth Says Otherwise?

Mon, 03 Nov 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads and monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here..

Have guests ever told you your podcast is amazing, yet your download numbers don’t reflect it?

In this episode, Taig O'Shea and Anthony Nwaneri break down why so many podcasters get stuck with an amazing show but audience otherwise. They reveal the hidden mindset traps and missed visibility strategies that keep incredible creators invisible—no matter how good the content is.

You’ll discover:

The real reason great content doesn’t automatically equal growth (and what to do instead).
How to make your show discoverable without relying on social media or big-name guests.
The simple clarity shift that helps you attract the right listeners—fast.

If you’re ready to finally turn your amazing show but audience otherwise into a podcast that grows week after week, hit play now and learn the shift that changes everything.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#341 | Take This 30 Second Test To Know If Your Podcast Targeting Is Clear Enough To Grow Past 5000 Monthly Downloads

Thu, 30 Oct 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered if your podcast targeting is clear enough to actually grow your audience?

If you’ve been stuck under 5,000 monthly downloads or your show’s growth feels painfully slow, this episode gives you a simple 30-second test to find out exactly why.

Most podcasters think they’re being specific—but in reality, they’re speaking to everyone and converting no one. In this episode, hosts Anthony Nwaneri and Taig O'Shea uncover where most creators go wrong, the two-step process for identifying your “who” and “what,” and why going deeper with your audience’s problem is the fastest path to monetization.

Here’s what you’ll discover:

The 30-second clarity test that instantly reveals if your targeting is too vague to grow.
The exact framework to define your “who” and “what” so every episode speaks directly to your ideal listener.
How narrowing your focus actually expands your reach, retention, and revenue.

🎧 Listen now to master your 30 second test and finally make your podcast targeting crystal clear.

#340 | What You REALLY Need To Grow Your Podcast Audience (You’ve Always Known This)

Mon, 27 Oct 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you putting in hours creating episodes but still struggling to grow your podcast audience — even though you’re “doing everything right”?

Most podcasters are unknowingly building their show without a blueprint — just like constructing a house without plans. You’ve got the tools, motivation, and content, but no real strategy. The result? Slow growth, burnout, and what hosts Anthony Nwaneri and Taig O'Shea call “ignorance debt” — the hidden cost of not knowing what actually moves the needle.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why showing up as a strategist (not just a creator) transforms how you grow your podcast audience
The “Matrix moment” that reveals how mentorship unlocks clarity, monetization, and faster results
The two paths to stop paying ignorance debt — and which one actually accelerates your growth

Stop guessing and start building your show with a real plan. Tune in now to learn how to finally grow your podcast audience with purpose, strategy, and results.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#339 | He Grew From 1000 To 7500 Dl/Mo In 8 Months & Now Earns 5-Figures From His Podcast

Thu, 23 Oct 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Ever feel like you’re pouring hours into your podcast and getting almost nothing back? What if the secret to explosive podcast growth and real monetization had nothing to do with social media or chasing big-name guests?

In this episode, Taig and Anthony break down how David — a leadership podcaster stuck at 1,000 downloads a month after 250 episodes — grew his show 7x and started earning five figures by shifting his strategy through the Get More Listeners Academy. If you’ve ever wondered why your show isn’t growing despite great content, this story will open your eyes.

You’ll discover:

The simple but overlooked shift that helped David attract thousands of new listeners — even after stopping all social media promotion.
How podcast SEO completely changed his visibility and monetization opportunities.
Why focusing on clarity, targeting, and positioning can turn your podcast into a lead-generating, income-producing asset.

If you’re ready to turn your stalled podcast into a growth engine that drives real monetization, tune in now to learn how the Get More Listeners Academy system can help you do the same.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#338 | Aren’t You Bored of Reaching the Exact Same Podcast Listeners? (How To Fix That)

Mon, 20 Oct 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you bored of reaching the same listeners every single week?

You’re not alone — thousands of podcasters are stuck in the same loop: consistent publishing, solid content, yet zero new growth. This episode dives into why “showing up” alone isn’t enough anymore.

If your podcast used to excite you but now feels draining, this episode will help you see the invisible trap that’s been holding your show back — and the mindset shift top 1% podcasters make to stay visible and expand their audience.

Here’s what you’ll learn:

The hidden cost of staying bored and stuck with the same listeners.
Why consistency without visibility leads to stagnation — not success.
The specific mindset and strategy shifts that help you attract new listeners weekly.

Ready to stop feeling bored talking to the same listeners and finally grow your audience?

👉 Tune in now to discover how to make your podcast visible, scalable, and exciting again.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#337 | 3 Ways To Guarantee Listeners Binge Your Podcast Content Over Competitors

Thu, 16 Oct 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wonder why listeners don’t binge your podcast—even when your content is great?

You’re not alone. Most podcasters struggle to keep listeners coming back week after week. This episode breaks down exactly what’s stopping your show from being binge-worthy and how to fix it—starting today.

What You’ll Learn:

The #1 reason guest interviews can silently kill your listener retention.
How to craft pain point–focused titles that guarantee people hit play again and again.
The real difference between being “unique” and being objectively different—and how that alone can skyrocket your binge rate.

If you’re ready to guarantee listeners binge your podcast instead of your competitors’—press play now and apply these three strategies to your next episode.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#336 | Invisible Problems Silently Killing Your Podcast's Growth (That No One's Talking About)

Mon, 13 Oct 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads in 6 months or less and finally monetize your podcast?

Click here and book a free strategy session with the Get More Listeners team.

Or visit: getmorelisteners.com/growmypodcast

What if all your hard work on your podcast is leading... nowhere?

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why “hard work + time = growth” is a dangerous myth for podcasters
How to replace passive hope with intentional strategy to finally grow your audience
A mindset shift that will reframe how you see your podcast’s true potential—and make it pay off

Hit play to challenge your assumptions, break the cycle of slow growth, and finally get your podcast in front of the people who need it most.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#335 | The ULTIMATE GUIDE To Growing & Monetizing Your Podcast Without Social Media, Paid Ads or High Profile Guest

Thu, 09 Oct 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you pouring hours into your podcast only to feel invisible — no new listeners, no income, and no clear way forward?

In this episode, Anthony Nwaneri and Taig O'Shea reveal the ultimate guide to grow and monetize your podcast without social media, paid ads, or chasing high-profile guests. They’ve helped over 400 podcasters break through flatlined downloads and turn their shows into profitable, audience-driven businesses.

What You’ll Learn (3 Transformational Takeaways):

The 3 Core Fundamentals every host needs to transform their show from hobby to profit machine.
How to build a unique podcast positioning that attracts your ideal listeners — without competing in an overcrowded niche.
A proven 4-step system (unique show, demand-based content, podcast SEO, and guesting strategy) that gets you thousands of organic listeners fast — no social media required.

If you’re ready to finally grow and monetize your podcast without social media, press play now and learn how to turn your show into a predictable, profitable growth machine.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#334 | The Weird Addiction You Have As a Podcaster That’s Stopping Your Show From Growing

Mon, 06 Oct 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you addicted to learning… but still feel stuck with your podcast growth?

You’re reading books, watching videos, maybe even bingeing podcast growth tips—but your downloads haven’t moved, your audience isn’t growing, and your message still isn’t reaching the people who need it most.

This episode dives into the hidden addiction most podcasters face: knowledge consumption without implementation. It’s not a mindset issue—it’s a habit issue. And it could be the biggest reason you’re not growing

Here’s what you’ll take away:

Why passive consumption feels productive—but keeps you stuck
The difference between the aesthetic life vs the ethical life for creators
How to shift from learning to implementing—and finally get real podcast growth

🎧 Listen now to break the loop of learning and start making real moves with your podcast.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#333 | The #1 Reason Your Podcast Is Invisible (Content Marketing Principles Explained)

Thu, 02 Oct 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Click here to get a Free Mini Podcast SEO Audit and discover the blind spots that are keeping your show invisible on Apple & Spotify.

Are you pouring time into your podcast but still feel like no one’s listening?

Most podcasters stay stuck chasing high-profile guests or endlessly promoting on social media — but those strategies are usually the very reason your podcast remains invisible. If you’ve ever felt frustrated that your show isn’t being found by new listeners, this episode will change that.

Inside, you’ll learn:

The #1 overlooked reason most podcasts stay invisible on Apple & Spotify.
Why traditional promotion tactics rarely translate into real listener growth.
The data-driven podcast SEO approach that makes your show discoverable and clickable.

If you’re ready to finally stop feeling invisible and start ranking where listeners are searching, this episode is for you. Press play now and discover how to transform your podcast’s growth strategy.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#332 | 4 Podcast Belief Systems That Keep You Under 5000 Monthly Downloads

Mon, 29 Sep 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are hidden belief systems keeping your podcast stuck under 5000 downloads?

If you’ve been working hard, creating great content, and still not seeing traction, this episode will challenge the “obvious truths” you’ve been holding onto.

Many podcasters unknowingly sabotage their growth because of limiting beliefs. In this episode, you’ll uncover the 4 most damaging belief systems that keep shows plateaued under 5000 downloads—and how to replace them with strategies that actually drive visibility, audience growth, and monetization.

You’ll discover how to:

Spot the hidden beliefs that are slowing your podcast’s momentum.
Shift your identity from “content creator” to “strategic business owner.”
Unlock faster growth by replacing outdated beliefs with proven systems.

🎧 Listen now to break through the belief systems holding you back and grow beyond 5000 downloads.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#331 | How To Explode Your Podcast Growth In Competitive Niches

Thu, 25 Sep 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Have you been told to chase big guests and popular niches to grow your podcast?

What if that advice is actually the reason your show feels stuck?

Most podcasters think going broad gives them the biggest chance to succeed — but in reality, it buries their show under thousands of competitors. In this episode, we break down why “mainstream advice” keeps you invisible and how you can explode your podcast growth by owning a niche of your own.

By listening, you’ll discover:

Why competing in crowded podcast niches makes you a commodity.
How micro-niches give you authority, discovery, and faster growth.
The 3-step strategy to explode your podcast and become #1 in your space within 12 months.

🎧 Listen now and learn how to explode your podcast growth by finding the niche where winning becomes inevitable.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#330 | This Unfair Marketing Principle Is The #1 Reason Why 99% of Podcasts Fail

Mon, 22 Sep 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly sabotaging your podcast before you even record the first episode?

In this episode, you’ll discover:

The single foundational mistake that explains why podcasts fail—and why so few people see it.
The unfair marketing principle that top shows use to attract the perfect listeners.
How to realign your show’s foundation so growth, retention, and monetization finally become possible.

If you want to stop guessing and start growing, this episode will give you the clarity you need.

Tune in now to learn the unfair marketing principle that separates failing shows from thriving ones.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#329 | 3 Biggest Podcast Growth and Monetization Lessons We’ve Learned After 1000+ Hrs of Coaching

Thu, 18 Sep 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you building a podcast but not seeing the growth or income you hoped for?

After coaching entrepreneurs and experts for over 1,000 hours, we’ve uncovered the three most common mistakes podcasters make and the simple shifts that transform a show into a reliable $10K/month growth engine.

Too many creators rely on luck, chase celebrity guests, or stay vague about their audience. In this episode, we reveal what actually works to grow and monetize your podcast consistently.

Here’s what you’ll walk away with:

A proven 3-step sales system (Discovery, Nurture, Conversion) that generates clients straight from your podcast.
Why interviewing “big-name guests” is overrated — and what to do instead for real growth.
How defining your who, what, and promise can instantly sharpen your message and accelerate monetization.

If you want clarity, consistency, and cash flow from your podcast, this episode is your roadmap.

👉 Tune in now to learn the podcast growth lessons after 1000 hours of coaching that will save you years of wasted effort.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

We Messed Up

Tue, 16 Sep 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Sorry for Monday's mess-up.

See you on Thursday's episode.

#328 | Top 1% Podcasters Use This Secret Formula to Grow & Monetize Their Shows Within 3-6 Months

Mon, 15 Sep 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you working harder on your podcast than ever but still not seeing the growth and monetization you want?

Most podcasters believe consistency and time are enough. But as you’ll hear in this episode, that equation guarantees a plateau. Instead, discover the secret formula the top 1% of podcasters use to monetize and grow their shows faster than anyone else.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

The flawed logic that keeps most podcasters stuck at the same download numbers for years.
The secret formula that transforms consistency into exponential growth and real monetization.
How one podcaster broke through a 7-year plateau and 7Xed her audience in just 12 months.

If you’re ready to stop grinding and finally grow and monetize your podcast with a proven formula, this episode is your blueprint—tune in now!

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#327 | We Analyzed 400+ Podcasts: Here Are 3 Reasons Why Your Show Won’t Grow or Monetize

Thu, 11 Sep 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you pouring energy into your podcast and still not seeing growth or revenue?

After analyzing 400+ podcasts, Anthony and Taig uncover the exact reasons most shows stay stuck and fail to monetize.

Even if you’re consistent on social media or publishing every week, the truth is: those efforts alone won’t get you to your podcast’s full potential. This episode reveals the missing pieces most podcasters overlook.

Here’s what you’ll discover:

The real formula for podcast growth — and why consistency + time isn’t enough.
Why relying on social media keeps you trapped at low downloads.
How letting go of the wrong format unlocks faster monetization.

👉 If you’re ready to stop wasting time and finally build a podcast that grows and monetizes, press play now.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#326 | You’ll Never Break Past 5000 Monthly Downloads Because You're Making This One Mistake

Mon, 08 Sep 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you secretly settling for small podcast downloads and wondering why your show isn’t growing?

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why staying comfortable with small podcast downloads creates a hidden growth ceiling.
The simple shift from “tactics mode” to “strategy mode” that transforms your results.
Five practical steps to set clear goals, track meaningful metrics, and finally grow.

If you’re ready to stop spinning your wheels and start building a podcast that actually grows, hit play on this episode now.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#325 | Why You Need An Email List To Monetize Your Podcast Way Faster

Thu, 04 Sep 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you pitching your offer on your podcast and wondering why no one’s buying?

Most podcasters put in hours of work, only to find that their listeners never convert into clients. The truth is, your podcast isn’t failing—it’s your missing email list strategy that’s holding you back from monetizing.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

The biggest mistakes that stop podcasters from growing their email list.
Why pitching directly on your podcast leads to slow or zero conversions.
A simple micro-commitment strategy that turns listeners into subscribers—and subscribers into paying clients.

If you want to stop leaving money on the table and finally monetize your podcast, this episode will show you the path forward. Press play now to learn how to use your email list as the key to podcast profits.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#324 | The Psychology Behind Why Podcast Listeners Leave (and How to Keep Them Hooked)

Mon, 01 Sep 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly driving away your audience every time you release a new episode?

Most podcasters assume more exposure means more growth — but the psychology of why podcast listeners leave tells a very different story. If your episodes aren’t turning casual listeners into loyal fans, chances are you’ve fallen into the “exposure trap.”

In this episode, Anthony Nwaneri and Taig O’Shea reveal the surprising psychology behind podcast listener behavior — and how focusing on the wrong strategies causes slow growth, low retention, and an audience that never buys.

You’ll discover:

The psychological trigger that makes listeners leave your podcast (and how to flip it).
Why more exposure without focus can actually kill your growth instead of fueling it.
A simple mindset shift that’s helped over 200 podcasters build high-retention, profitable shows.

👉 If you’re tired of pumping out valuable episodes that still don’t grow your podcast, this conversation will give you the clarity and strategy you need to finally keep listeners hooked.

#323 | Rebecca Went From 5000 to 61,000 Monthly Downloads In 8 Months Without Social Media or Guests (Here’s How)

Thu, 28 Aug 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you pouring your heart into podcasting but not seeing your downloads grow?

You’re not alone. Like many hosts, Rebecca had high-quality episodes, loyal listeners, and years of hard work behind her — but her growth was stuck at 5,000 monthly downloads. The missing ingredient? SEO.

In this episode, Anthony and Taig break down how Rebecca used podcast SEO to skyrocket from 5K to over 61K downloads in just eight months. You’ll discover the exact shifts she made that most podcasters overlook and how you can apply them to your own show.

Here’s what you’ll take away:

The simple but powerful mindset shift that turns your podcast into a discovery machine.
How to use SEO-driven episode titles that attract the right new listeners.
The focused content strategy that transforms stagnant downloads into real growth.

🎧 If you’re ready to finally see consistent podcast growth using SEO, hit play on this episode and learn the strategies that actually work.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#322 | What Everyone’s Getting Wrong About Video Podcasting & YouTube | Podcast Strategy

Mon, 25 Aug 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Thinking of adding video podcasting and YouTube to boost your show’s growth?

Most podcasters assume video will solve their problems, but the truth is video podcasting and YouTube are some of the most misunderstood strategies in the podcasting space.

In this episode, Taig and Anthony break down the hidden pitfalls of chasing YouTube growth, why repurposing audio into video rarely works, and when video actually does make sense for your show. They reveal why exposure alone won’t save a podcast and what you should focus on instead to build a loyal, monetizable audience.

By listening, you’ll learn:

Why video podcasting and YouTube are misunderstood as “easy growth hacks.”
How spreading your focus across both platforms dilutes quality and results.
The fundamentals you must master first before video becomes a smart move.

👉 Listen now to discover the misunderstood truths about video podcasting and YouTube—and what really drives long-term podcast growth.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#321 | How To Generate Consistent Sales From Your Podcast Using a Simple 3 Part Process

Thu, 21 Aug 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Click here to get a Free Mini Podcast SEO Audit and discover the blind spots that are keeping your show invisible on Apple & Spotify.

Are you tired of pouring hours into your podcast without seeing real sales growth?

You’re not alone—most podcasters unknowingly make three hidden mistakes that keep their show stuck at “just content” instead of turning it into a consistent sales engine.

In this episode, you’ll discover the exact 3-phase podcast sales funnel that helps podcasters generate $10,000+ per month—even with a small audience.

Here’s what you’ll walk away with:

The three invisible mistakes blocking your podcast from sales growth (and how to fix them).
A simple framework to attract, nurture, and convert your listeners into paying clients.
How to shift from treating your podcast like a hobby to turning it into a reliable growth system.

👉 If you’re ready to transform your podcast into a predictable sales growth machine, don’t miss this episode!

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#320 | Why Social Media Is The WORST Way To Grow Your Podcast In 2025

Mon, 18 Aug 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Click here to get a Free Mini Podcast SEO Audit and discover the blind spots that are keeping your show invisible on Apple & Spotify.

Are you pouring hours into social media posts and still not seeing podcast growth?

You’re not alone — we interviewed 100 podcasters and discovered why social media is one of the least effective ways to grow in 2025.

Most podcasters are stuck promoting to the wrong people, at the wrong time, with the wrong strategy. But there’s good news: you don’t have to rely on doom scroll feeds for listeners anymore.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

Why social media fails to deliver real podcast growth (even when you’re consistent).
The two strategies our clients use to scale their shows without social media.
How podcast SEO puts your show in front of listeners who are actively searching for content like yours.

🎧 If you’re ready to stop wasting time on social media and finally grow your audience, hit play and learn how to make SEO work for your podcast today.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#319 | The Weird Downside of Being Positive About Your Podcast Growth That Affects 99% of Podcasters

Thu, 14 Aug 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly sabotaging your own podcast growth by staying too positive for too long?

In this episode, we break down why “just keep publishing” and trusting that growth will come is one of the biggest traps in podcasting. You’ll learn how toxic optimism blinds podcasters to reality, and how adopting strategic pessimism can finally help you make data-driven decisions that get results.

By the end of this episode, you’ll discover:

How to spot toxic optimism before it kills your show’s momentum.
The exact 3-step process to use strategic pessimism to protect and grow your podcast.
How to turn fear of failure into focused, bold action that drives real audience growth.

Listen now to break free from the “hope and wait” cycle and finally take control of your podcast growth strategy.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#318 | Why You Look Like a Successful Podcaster (But Still Aren’t Growing)

Mon, 11 Aug 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you tired of being seen as a “successful” podcaster while your numbers tell a different story?

It’s one of the most frustrating and lonely places to be in podcasting—everyone assumes you’re crushing it, but deep down you know your audience growth has stalled. This episode uncovers why that happens and how to break free from the illusion of success so you can start seeing real results.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

The hidden psychological trap that keeps podcasters stuck in slow growth.
How the “halo effect” and credibility debt quietly sabotage your audience building.
A proven strategy to shift your podcaster mindset and create real momentum in podcast growth.

If you want your show to not only look successful but actually grow and bring in real listeners, press play now.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#317 | The Top 1% Of Podcasters Use This Growth Tactic To Explode Their Growth

Thu, 07 Aug 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Click Here To Reach More Listeners By Creating More Mini Viral Moments Using The FREE "The Newsbridge Method." Cheat Sheet.

Are you unknowingly sabotaging your podcast’s growth by playing it too safe?

Many podcasters cling to evergreen content thinking it’s the only path to authority—but it’s actually one of the biggest reasons your growth has plateaued.

In this episode, Anthony Nwaneri and Taig O'Shea reveal a podcasting growth tactic the top 1% are using: strategic newsjacking. You'll discover how blending timely, relevant content with your evergreen strategy can rapidly expand your reach without compromising your depth or credibility.

Here’s what you’ll learn:

Why relying only on evergreen episodes creates missed growth opportunities
How to use current events to pull in new listeners without chasing trends
A proven system for turning trending topics into loyal, binge-ready subscribers

Ready to stop getting overlooked and start capturing attention fast?

Listen now to learn how to apply the News Bridge Method and unlock explosive, sustainable podcast growth.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#316 | Why Doing Too Much Is Killing Your Podcast

Mon, 04 Aug 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Do you secretly fear going all-in on your podcast… and end up going nowhere instead?

If your show is stuck, your download growth has flatlined, and your energy feels split between too many projects, this episode breaks down exactly why that’s happening—and how to fix it.

You’ll see how fear of failure masquerades as “smart multitasking,” and why spinning multiple plates is actually the fastest path to long-term mediocrity.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why multitasking is sabotaging your visibility, income, and podcast momentum
The hidden fear that keeps you juggling instead of committing to what matters
The real reason most podcasts flatline—and what to do if you want to break through the noise

Listen now to learn how to stop fragmenting your focus and finally unlock real podcast growth.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#315 | Start Tracking These Not-So-Obvious Metrics Today To Grow Your Podcast Audience Faster

Thu, 31 Jul 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Click here to get a Free Mini Podcast SEO Audit and discover the blind spots that are keeping your show invisible on Apple & Spotify.

Are you still stuck at the same download numbers—even after months (or years) of effort?

If you're relying on guest interviews, downloads, and just "posting more" to grow your podcast, you're missing the real levers of growth. In this episode, Taig and Anthony break down the 3 overlooked podcast metrics that actually drive growth—and why most hosts have no idea they even exist.

You’ll learn:

The real reason your podcast isn’t ranking on Apple or Spotify—and how to fix it fast with podcast SEO.
How to find your highest-performing episodes and use them to guide your content strategy (no more guessing).
Why your listener retention rate is the most powerful indicator of growth—and how to improve it even if you're not a "data person."

Stop wasting time. Start tracking what actually matters.

Hit play to unlock the 3 podcast metrics that could finally accelerate your audience growth.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#314 | Why Calling Your Podcast a Passion Project Is Killing Your Podcast Growth & Sales

Mon, 28 Jul 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Still calling your podcast a “passion project”? That mindset might be the very thing killing your growth.

In this episode, we expose the hidden damage caused by casually labeling your podcast a passion project — especially when deep down, you want real traction, income, and impact.

You’ll learn:

Why “just for fun” is often a mental shield podcasters use to protect their ego from disappointing results
How the passion project label blocks you from taking the bold actions required for podcast growth and monetization
What to do instead if you’re serious about building an audience, growing downloads, and generating ROI

If you’ve been stuck for months (or even years) wondering why your show isn’t taking off — this episode will hit home.

🎧 Listen now and stop hiding from your ambition. Start building the podcast you actually want.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#313 | Is Your Podcast Cover Art Secretly Blocking Your Growth

Thu, 24 Jul 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Is your podcast cover art quietly sabotaging your growth?

You might be creating amazing content every week — but if your show isn’t growing, your cover art could be the silent killer.

In this episode, Anthony Nwaneri and Taig O’Shea reveal the often-ignored but critical role your podcast cover art plays in getting discovered, clicked on, and listened to. They walk you through practical strategies and real-life examples of how a simple design change triggered massive improvements in visibility and listener engagement.

What you’ll learn in this episode:

How to find hidden red flags in your Spotify analytics to measure your cover art’s effectiveness
The key design mistakes podcasters make that repel potential listeners instantly
A simple DIY method to test if your current artwork stands out (or blends in) with your competition

Discover how to turn your podcast cover art into a powerful growth engine—listen now and transform the first impression your show makes.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#312 | Why The Top 1% Of Podcasters Obsess Over 2 Systems You’ve Never Heard Of

Mon, 21 Jul 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Still hustling to grow your podcast with more exposure—but not seeing results?

This episode reveals the uncomfortable truth about why most podcasts flatline, despite doing "all the right things." Taig and Anthony share a story that flips conventional growth advice on its head, explaining why conversion and retention, not visibility, are what truly separate the top 1% of podcasters from the rest.

You’ll discover:

The bookstore analogy that perfectly explains why exposure-first strategies almost always fail
The two invisible systems that top 1% podcasters obsess over—and you’ve probably never heard of
A clear three-stage framework to build a show that sells itself through strategic growth

Listen now to learn how to stop wasting energy and start growing a podcast that converts strangers into superfans.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#311 | Is Apple Podcasts Blocking Your Visibility? 7 Deadly Podcast SEO Mistakes You Didn’t Know You Were Making

Thu, 17 Jul 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads in 6 months or less and have a fully monetized podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests?

Click here and book a free strategy session with the Get More Listeners team.

Are you ranking on Apple and Spotify but still not growing?

Most podcasters think getting found in search is the hard part — but what happens after someone sees your show can make or break your growth.

If you’re adding keywords and optimizing your episodes but not seeing results, this episode is for you. Taig O'Shea and Anthony Nwaneri break down the 7 deadly podcast SEO mistakes that silently kill discoverability — even for experienced hosts.

Here’s what you’ll learn:

Why showing up in search doesn’t guarantee growth (and what does)
The subtle SEO elements most podcasters completely ignore
How to fix the overlooked presentation mistakes that sabotage downloads

🎧 If you want more listeners from search and smarter podcast growth — this episode is the one to listen to.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#310 | How High-Profile Guests, Professional Branding & Social Media Clips Are Robbing You Of Real Growth & Monetization

Mon, 14 Jul 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads in 6 months or less and have a fully monetized podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests?

Click here and book a free strategy session with the Get More Listeners team.

Are you stuck pouring hours into guests, branding, and social media clips—but your podcast growth is still flatlining?

You're not alone. In this episode, we reveal why podcast positioning—not flashy authority presentation—is the secret to building a real audience and monetizing your show.

Most podcasters unknowingly fall into the "mimicry trap," chasing visible success cues like high-profile guests and polished visuals, while neglecting the foundational clarity that actually drives growth. We break down how to avoid that trap—and what to do instead.

In this episode, you'll discover:

Why perfect podcast positioning matters more than production value, branding, or guest names
The hidden psychology behind authority presentation and how it sabotages true podcast growth
A real-world case study of a client who grew from 500 to 7,000 monthly downloads by shifting one thing

Listen now to learn how fixing your podcast positioning can finally unlock the momentum you've been missing.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#309 | The Not So Obvious Intro Format That Tripled Her Listenership In 90 Days

Thu, 10 Jul 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Is your podcast intro silently sabotaging your growth?

If your listener numbers stall or your retention drops off after the first minute, your intro might be to blame—no matter how good your content is.

In this episode, Anthony and Taig reveal the overlooked intro structure that turned around a stagnant podcast and tripled listener growth in just 90 days. You’ll see why so many hosts unknowingly repel ideal listeners—before they even say anything meaningful.

You’ll discover:

The 3 most common intro mistakes that kill retention in the first 30 seconds
Why 80% of your energy should go into your podcast intros—not your content
A proven, repeatable intro formula that hooks listeners and gets them to stay

If you want faster podcast growth and more loyal listeners, this episode is your blueprint—hit play and transform your intros today.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#308 | Why Ditching Organic Growth Is The Best Thing You Can Do If You Want To Grow Fast & Monetize

Mon, 07 Jul 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you confusing ‘organic podcast growth’ with doing nothing and hoping for the best?

Most creators think organic means passive. But if you’re still showing up, creating great episodes, and seeing zero traction… you’re not growing organically — you’re just stuck. This episode breaks down the hidden mindset virus holding podcasters back and the real strategy that makes sustainable, compound growth possible.

You’ll learn:

Why most podcasters misunderstand what “organic growth” really means
The 3 critical elements needed to create real organic podcast growth: effort, energy, and the right conditions
How to shift your podcast mindset and start building a system that actually converts listeners

Listen now to learn how to stop hoping — and start growing — with a strategy that finally works.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#307 | The #1 Growth Tactic You Can Use Today To Make Listeners Binge Your Podcast

Thu, 03 Jul 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Why isn’t your podcast growing, even though you’ve been having amazing conversations for years?

In this episode, you’ll learn:

How to uncover the most urgent problems your audience is desperate to solve (and build content around them).
Why your episode titles are killing your growth—and how to make them irresistible.
A simple but powerful way to create binge-worthy content, even if you’re not producing more episodes.

Start growing your podcast today by making episodes your audience can’t ignore. Tune in now.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#306 | The Mental Trap Is Blocking Your Ability To Grow & Monetize (Without You Realizing It)

Mon, 30 Jun 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly sabotaging your podcast growth by doing more instead of thinking smarter?

You’ll discover how this invisible force steals your focus, leads to bad decisions, and keeps you stuck in survival mode instead of strategic thinking.

Here’s what you’ll learn:

The 3 hidden growth stages most podcasters skip—and why it matters.
How we lost $100K by chasing the wrong growth lever (so you don’t have to).
A dead-simple mindset shift that creates momentum, traction, and trust with your audience.

If your podcast growth has plateaued, this episode will show you exactly why—and how to change it. Tune in now to get out of the tunnel and back into your zone of growth.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#305 | What Is Podcast SEO and Why You Can’t Afford to Ignore It as a Business Growth Strategy

Thu, 26 Jun 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads in 6 months or less and have a fully monetized podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests?

Click here and book a free strategy session with the Get More Listeners team.

What if your podcast could attract thousands of new listeners without relying on guests, viral clips, or constant promotion?

Most podcasters struggle to grow—even when they’re consistent, have great content, and follow all the “rules.” But the real reason your show isn’t blowing up? You’re invisible on the platforms that matter. In this episode, Taig O'Shea and Anthony Nwaneri break down exactly how Podcast SEO is the #1 overlooked growth strategy that’s driving millions of downloads for podcasters just like you.

You’ll learn:

The 3 pillars of podcast SEO that get you ranking high on Apple & Spotify
Why “good content” alone won’t grow your show—and how to fix it
Simple mistakes most podcasters make that kill their visibility and growth

Want a proven strategy to finally scale your show and get discovered by the right audience?

Tap play and learn how to optimize your podcast for explosive growth.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#304 | The Weird Addiction You Have As a Podcaster That’s Stopping Your Show From Growing

Mon, 23 Jun 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you addicted to learning… but still feel stuck with your podcast growth?

This episode dives into the hidden addiction most podcasters face: knowledge consumption without implementation. It’s not a mindset issue—it’s a habit issue. And it could be the biggest reason you’re not growing

Here’s what you’ll take away:

Why passive consumption feels productive—but keeps you stuck
The difference between the aesthetic life vs the ethical life for creators
How to shift from learning to implementing—and finally get real podcast growth

🎧 Listen now to break the loop of learning and start making real moves with your podcast.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#303 | Are You Making The Same Sneaky Mistakes That Kept A Podcaster Stuck Below 500 Mo/Dl After 5 Years!

Thu, 19 Jun 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads in 6 months or less and have a fully monetized podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here and book a free strategy session with the Get More Listeners team.

Are you unknowingly pouring listeners into a leaky bucket?

If you’ve been podcasting for years, booking high-profile guests, and creating incredible content—but your podcast growth is still stuck—this episode is your wake-up call.

Most podcasters believe they need more exposure to grow their show. But what if the real issue isn’t reach... it’s retention? Anthony and Tega dive deep into the mindset mistakes, blind spots, and overlooked strategies keeping podcasters plateaued under 1,000 downloads—sometimes for years.

You’ll discover:

Why chasing reach can backfire when your show isn't converting new listeners
The 3 critical questions every growth-stalled podcaster must ask themselves
How to diagnose whether you have a visibility problem or a retention leak

If your podcast isn’t growing, listen to this before you spend another dollar on promotion.

👉 Tune in now to finally fix your podcast growth problem from the inside out.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#302 | The 3 Levels Of Fear Of Failure In Podcasting: Identify Your Level You're On To Fix It

Mon, 16 Jun 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you really giving 100%—or is fear secretly calling the shots?

You might think self-belief is your superpower, but what if it's actually the barrier keeping you from hitting your full potential? In this deep-dive episode, we uncover the three hidden levels of fear of failure that silently shape your momentum, your results, and even your identity.

Here's what you'll learn:

The 3 levels of fear of failure—and how to know which one is currently limiting you.
Why strong self-belief can actually trick you into playing small (and how to course-correct).
How top performers rewire their fear and channel it into unstoppable momentum

If you're ready to give your actual 100%, listen now and find out what's really been holding you back.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#301 | Why Your Podcast Will NEVER Monetize If You Focus On Visibility

Thu, 12 Jun 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Is your podcast “making an impact” but not making any money?

In this episode, Anthony Nwaneri shares the true story of a podcaster who spent two years creating valuable content—and almost gave up because it wasn’t moving the needle in her business. Until one question reframed everything. If you’ve ever felt like your podcast is powerful but profitless, this episode will shift your entire mindset.

Here’s what you’ll learn:

1. The real reason why visibility without monetization creates burnout, confusion, and resentment.

2. How to shift from content-for-content’s-sake to a strategic podcast that actually drives revenue.

3. Why your listeners want more than just value—they want transformation, and they’re ready to pay for it.

Turn your podcast from a “nice visibility tool” into a focused growth engine that converts.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#300 | How Interview-Based Podcasts Are Keeping Business Owners Poor

Mon, 09 Jun 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are solo episodes the secret to serious podcast growth and monetization?

If you’ve ever felt resistance to going solo on your show, you’re not alone—but that hesitation might be the very thing holding you back from real impact and income.

Most podcasters default to interviews out of comfort, not strategy.

But in this episode, Anthony and Ty unpack the deep-rooted fears around going solo and explain why embracing solo episodes is the most powerful shift for a business-driven podcast. From building deeper trust to scaling sales, this is the callout episode for entrepreneurs who are stuck in “safe mode.”

You’ll discover:

Why relying on guest interviews dilutes your authority—and how to change that.
The surprising consistency that builds trust and monetizes faster.
How to overcome the hidden fear that stops podcasters from fully owning their voice.

🎧 Listen now to start building a podcast that grows faster, converts better, and reflects the expert you truly are.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#299 | Your Podcast Is Losing $100K Every Year You Don’t Have This One Thing (Warning for Business Owners)

Thu, 05 Jun 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly losing six figures a year from your podcast?

If your podcast isn’t strategically aligned with your business, it’s not just a missed opportunity—it’s a massive leak in your revenue stream.

In this episode, Taig and Anthony unpack the real reason most podcasts fail to generate ROI—even if you have great content and loyal listeners. You’ll hear the transformation story of a client who rebranded their podcast, doubled their downloads, and unlocked seven figures in pipeline value—all with under 1,000 listeners per episode.

Here’s what you’ll take away:

A 3-step framework to align your podcast with your business for consistent client acquisition
The truth about why “more listeners” won’t fix your monetization problems
How to make solo episodes your most powerful conversion tool

Ready to finally make your podcast pay off?

Listen now to discover how business alignment can turn your podcast into a high-converting client engine.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#298 | Give Us 17 Minutes & We'll Explain Why Not Having a Target Listener Is a Bigger Problem Than You Think

Mon, 02 Jun 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are people ignoring your podcast, even though you know your content is valuable?

If you’re getting stuck at a few hundred downloads, not gaining traction, and relying on guests to grow your show, the problem might be simpler (and more damaging) than you think: your target listener is too vague.

In this episode, you’ll uncover why clarity around who your podcast is for can transform your growth—and how one host went from stagnant downloads to earning $14.4K in just 90 days by changing one thing.

You’ll discover:

A 6-question diagnostic to test if you're really clear on your target listener
The positioning shift that turned a stagnant podcast into a high-ROI show
Why even great marketing won’t work if your podcast message is unclear

If you want more loyal listeners and a clear path to monetization, this episode is your starting point. Press play now.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/bookView client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#297 | Why Your Podcast Freebie Isn’t Converting and The 3-Step You Need To Grow Your Email List FAST

Thu, 29 May 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Click Here To: Grow Your Email Subscribers Faster with This Proven Plug & Play Template.

Or Visit https://getmorelisteners.com/layup

What if the secret to monetizing your podcast wasn’t better content—but a better way to lead your audience to act?

Most podcasters struggle to convert listeners into buyers—not because their content lacks value, but because their calls to action are misaligned or mistimed. In this episode, you’ll uncover why a high-value lead magnet is often ignored and how to use strategically crafted "layup episodes" to guide your audience toward action naturally and effectively.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

The two biggest mistakes podcasters make with lead magnets that destroy conversions
How to create layup episodes that make your opt-in offers feel irresistible and obvious
The simple 3-step process to turn more listeners into engaged email subscribers—without sounding salesy

Listen now to learn how to craft podcast episodes that not only deliver value but drive action—and start growing your email list with ease.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click Here To: Grow Your Email Subscribers Faster with This Proven Plug & Play Template.

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads in 6 months or less and have a fully monetized podcast without relying on social media, paid promotions, or high-profile guests? Click here and book a free strategy session with the Get More Listeners team. This is only for coaches & experts who are ready and willing to invest in taking their podcasts to the next level ASAP!

#296 | Invisible Problems Silently Killing Your Podcast’s Growth (That No One's Talking About)

Mon, 26 May 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads in 6 months or less and finally monetize your podcast?

Click here and book a free strategy session with the Get More Listeners team.

Or visit: getmorelisteners.com/growmypodcast

What if all your hard work on your podcast is leading... nowhere?

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why “hard work + time = growth” is a dangerous myth for podcasters
How to replace passive hope with intentional strategy to finally grow your audience
A mindset shift that will reframe how you see your podcast’s true potential—and make it pay off

Hit play to challenge your assumptions, break the cycle of slow growth, and finally get your podcast in front of the people who need it most.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#295 | These Show Notes Mistakes Are Secretly Killing Your Podcast Growth (Avoid All 3 At All Costs)

Thu, 22 May 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Write the perfect podcast show notes every time. Click here and steal our AI show notes writing prompt FOR FREE.

Or visit getmorelisteners.com/shownotes

Are your podcast show notes silently sabotaging your listener growth?

If your podcast downloads are plateauing despite quality content, your episode descriptions might be the culprit. Many podcasters unknowingly commit common show notes mistakes that deter potential listeners.

In this episode, discover:

The top three show notes errors that hinder listener engagement.
Insights from the "Failed Blurb Experiment" illustrating how ineffective descriptions can repel your audience.
A straightforward framework to craft compelling show notes that entice clicks and boost downloads.

Tune in now to transform your show notes into powerful tools that captivate listeners and accelerate your podcast's growth.

More From Get More Listeners:

Want to grow to 5-10k monthly downloads in 6 month or less and have a full monetize podcast without replying on social media, paid promotions or high profile guests? Click here and book a free strategy session with the Get More Listeners team. This is only for coach & experts who are ready and willing to invest taking their podcasts to the next level ASAP!

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#294 | What Does Podcast Marketing Mean & Why Does It Feel So ‘Icky’ When You Do It?

Mon, 19 May 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you hesitant to market your podcast because it feels inauthentic or overly promotional?

Many podcasters experience discomfort when promoting their shows, often due to negative perceptions of marketing as pushy or manipulative. This episode addresses these concerns by exploring how traditional marketing approaches can create resistance and how adopting pull-based strategies can align with your authentic voice, making promotion feel more natural and effective.

Here's what you'll gain from this episode:

An understanding of why conventional marketing tactics may feel disingenuous and how they can alienate your audience.

Insights into pull-based marketing strategies that attract listeners by providing genuine value and fostering trust.

A breakdown of five essential elements of effective podcast marketing that can help you grow your audience without compromising your integrity.

Discover how to market your podcast authentically and effectively by listening to this episode now.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here and grab your free copy of our best selling book Podcast Marketing + A mini podcast audit.

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View client results & case studies]

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

MAJOR CHANGES: ANNOUNCEMENT EPISODE

Fri, 16 May 2025 04:00:00 +0100

MAJOR CHANGES: ANNOUNCEMENT EPISODE.

What to expect from Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing

#292 | 3 Big Mistakes You’re Making By Copying Top Podcasters Like Stephen Bartlett

Wed, 14 May 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Why shouldn't you copy podcasts like Steven Bartlett when trying to grow your podcast?

Are you struggling to grow your podcast?

In today's episode, Anthony and Taig break down three key strategies used by Steven Bartlett and other big-name podcasters, revealing why these tactics might not work for smaller, independent podcasters like you.

Discover practical alternatives to fast-track your podcast's growth and monetisation, even without a massive audience.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn why long teasers and extensive social media promotion might not be effective for your podcast's growth strategy.

2) Understand the importance of focusing on mastering one platform before expanding to others.

3) Discover why selling your own products or services could lead to faster and more substantial podcast monetization compared to chasing brand deals and sponsorships.

Scroll up & press play to learn why copying Steven Bartlett's strategies might not be the best route for your podcast's success.

More From Get More Listeners:

Click here to get a FREE copy of Our Best Selling Book Podcast Marketing + a Free Podcast Mini Audit

Or Visit www.getmorelisteners.com/book

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#291 | Use These 3 Simple Persuasion Tactics to Grow and Monetize Your Podcast Faster

Mon, 12 May 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Why do some podcasts convert listeners into raving fans—and buyers—while others stay stuck in the friend zone?

It’s not about being louder. It’s about being smarter. This episode breaks down four proven psychology principles that top marketers use—and shows you exactly how to apply them to grow your podcast, build trust faster, and make your audience feel like buying from you is just who they are now.

In this episode you will discover:

How to make your listeners feel like they already trust you before you pitch anything.
The subtle “belief nudges” to shift your audience’s identity—so they see your offer as the next logical step.
How to bypass resistance with emotionally charged storytelling that sells without selling.

Hit play now to transform your podcast into a persuasive powerhouse that builds trust, drives action, and grows your brand—one episode at a time.

Click here to get a FREE copy of Our Best Selling Book Podcast Marketing + a Free Podcast Mini Audit

Or Visit www.getmorelisteners.com/book

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#290 | Laura's Podcast Blew Past 30k Monthly Downloads Because of Two Specific Changes: Here's What They Are

Fri, 09 May 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow and monetize your podcast way faster in the next 90 days with personalized guidance and following a proven growth and monetization system? Click here.

Or visit https://getmorelisteners.com/growmypodcast

What if your podcast isn’t broken—just invisible?

In this episode, you’ll hear the true story of Laura, a podcast veteran whose show plateaued after 7 years and 4,000 monthly downloads—until one pivotal shift helped her skyrocket to over 30,000 downloads per month in under a year.

If you’ve been publishing consistently but aren’t seeing results, this episode will show you exactly why—and how to fix it.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

The biggest silent killer of podcast growth (and how Laura overcame it)
The simple USP formula that helped her stand out in a crowded niche
How tripling her output without tripling her time, led to exponential listener growth and deeper trust

Stop relying on outdated “post and pray” tactics. Listen now to discover how to reignite your podcast growth, monetize faster, and finally get the traction your content deserves.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#289 | How Guests Are Secretly Slowing Down Your Podcast's Growth

Wed, 07 May 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wonder why your best guest episode gets tons of praise—but your next one barely gets finished?

If you're relying heavily on interviews to grow your show, you might be sabotaging your listener experience without realizing it. In this episode, you'll learn why inconsistent quality from guest-led episodes can quietly kill your podcast growth—and what the "bad haircut effect" can teach you about keeping listeners around.

In this episode you will discover:

Discover the hidden risk behind guest episodes that even your most engaging interviews can't overcome.
Learn why solo episodes give you full control—and how that drives binge-worthy trust and faster growth.
Uncover the subtle signs your audience is losing interest, and how to fix it before they ghost your show.

Tap play now to find out how to build a podcast your audience can rely on—every single episode.

Click here to get a FREE copy of Our Best Selling Book Podcast Marketing + a Free Podcast Mini Audit

Or Visit www.getmorelisteners.com/book

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#288 | Use Urgency In These 3 Specific Areas To Drive More Growth, Engagement & Monetization In Podcasting

Mon, 05 May 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are your podcast episodes struggling to engage listeners and convert them into action-takers

What if you could create an irresistible sense of urgency that drives growth and monetization right now?

For podcasters who find their audiences passive or hesitant to take action, this episode delivers a clear solution.

By injecting urgency into your content, you can keep listeners engaged, drive meaningful actions, and unlock new opportunities for growth—all without resorting to manipulative tactics.

Here’s what you’ll gain in this episode:

Learn how to craft podcast intros that immediately hook your audience and encourage them to stay tuned.
Discover simple yet powerful title hacks that make your episodes unmissable.
Master the art of urgency-driven calls-to-action (CTAs) to boost listener engagement and monetization efforts.

Don’t let your podcast’s potential slip away—tune in now to discover how urgency can transform your listener experience and skyrocket your podcast’s growth today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#286 | The Podcasting Metric That Matters More Than Downloads For Business Owners Trying To Profit From Their shows

Fri, 02 May 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are downloads really the best way to measure your podcast’s success—or are they secretly holding you back?

In today’s episode, Anthony and Tyg expose why chasing download numbers can quietly destroy your chances of actually growing your business with your podcast. If you’re ready to stop spinning your wheels and start driving real ROI from your show, this episode will change how you track your growth forever.

Forget the vanity metrics. We're handing you the simple, revenue-driven numbers you actually need to watch if you want your solo podcast to fuel real business growth.

Here’s what you’ll walk away with:

How to track revenue, booked calls, and lead generation directly from your podcast
Why retention time is a hidden goldmine for understanding listener behavior (and fixing low conversions)
The secret “listener lifetime value” metric that reveals if your audience is ready to buy from you

If you’re ready to move beyond downloads and start making real sales online with your solo podcast, don’t miss this one. Press play now.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#285 | Copy This Weird Tactic That Grew Her Podcast By 20% In 7 Days

Wed, 30 Apr 2025 04:00:00 +0100

What if just one simple tweak could increase your podcast downloads by 20% in a single week

Would you try it?

Many podcasters struggle with slow growth, constantly wondering how to attract new listeners and keep them coming back.

In this episode, we reveal a highly effective but often overlooked strategy that helped a client grow her audience by 20%—in just 7 days.

The best part? It’s easy to replicate for your own podcast.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn how one podcaster used "newsjacking" to instantly tap into a larger audience.

2) Discover why retaining new listeners is just as crucial as attracting them—and how to do it.

3) Get a simple, repeatable formula to turn timely content into long-term podcast growth.

Don’t let your podcast stay stagnant—hit play now and discover the growth strategy that could take your show to the next level!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#284 | We've Audited 300+ Podcasts: Here Are 3 Surprising Things We've Learned About Growing & Monetizing

Mon, 28 Apr 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Is your podcast stuck even though you’re doing everything "right"?

After auditing over 300 podcasts (from struggling solo shows to seven-figure success stories), we discovered three uncomfortable truths that completely flip the usual podcast growth advice on its head.

If you've been frustrated with slow progress or inconsistent revenue from your podcast, this episode will change how you approach growth, monetization, and long-term success.

Inside this episode, you’ll learn:

Why real podcast growth looks messy—not like a straight upward line
How downloads and revenue often have zero correlation (and what to measure instead)
Why being too busy "in" your podcast is quietly killing your ability to grow and monetize

If you want your solo podcast to actually drive growth and sales online, these insights are game-changers. Listen now.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#283 | From 0 to 5,400 Monthly Downloads In 90 Days The Weird Strategy That Grew Ben’s Podcast Fast

Fri, 25 Apr 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Is social media actually worth it for growing your podcast—or just a waste of time?

In this episode, we reveal how one of our clients went from zero to 5,400 monthly downloads in just 90 days—without paid ads, big-name guests, or fancy reels. Instead, he built a simple community content flywheel using Facebook groups that quietly exploded his show’s reach and listenership.

This strategy goes way beyond "just post your episode." It’s a replicable system that builds real engagement and converts lurkers into loyal fans—on autopilot.

Here’s what you’ll learn:

The exact content flywheel that turned one podcast into a growth machine
How to use Facebook groups without sounding spammy or salesy
Why listener feedback loops matter more than followers—and how to build one

If you’re ready to grow your solo podcast and generate sales online, this episode is your blueprint. Tune in now.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#282 | What a Movie Theater Taught Us About Podcast Growth, Monetization & Keeping Listeners Hooked

Wed, 23 Apr 2025 07:00:00 +0100

What if your podcast content is great—but listeners still aren’t sticking around?

This episode unpacks the silent killer of podcast growth: poor listener experience. Using a surprising movie theater analogy, Anthony and Tyg reveal why even the most well-marketed shows fail to grow or generate sales online.

If you're only focusing on getting new listeners without optimizing how they experience your show, you’re leaving money—and momentum—on the table.

Here’s what you’ll take away:

The overlooked elements ruining your binge-ability (and how to fix them fast)
How content, titles, episode flow, and consistency all impact your growth
Tiny, high-impact tweaks to turn casual listeners into loyal superfans

If you're serious about solo podcast growth and sales, this episode will change the way you produce forever. Listen now.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Or Visit https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View Client Results & Case Studies Click Here.

Or Visit getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

Get More Listeners Recommendations:

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics?

Try Captivate: Get a FREE 7-day Trial Here.

#281 | 3 Unconventional Ways To Use Social Media To Guarantee Faster Growth For Your Podcast

Mon, 21 Apr 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Sick of posting content on social media that gets zero traction for your podcast?

You’re not alone.

While most podcasters are stuck in the loop of posting audiograms, asking for likes, and hoping for shares, today’s episode reveals three unconventional strategies that actually move the needle for growth—and generate real, trackable results.

These are not the tactics you’ve heard a hundred times. We're breaking down three unique methods that help you grow your podcast audience without begging for attention or burning out online.

Here’s what you’ll walk away with.

A “community-first” method to get guaranteed new listeners one DM at a time
How to sponsor Facebook groups (without sounding desperate) to tap into ready-made audiences
A genius way to turn big-name podcast guests into listener magnets using their own fanbase

If you're ready to grow your solo podcast and generate more sales online, this episode will change how you use social media—forever. Tune in now.

#280 | How To Use Solo Podcasts To Drive More Sales For Your Business

Fri, 18 Apr 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you pouring energy into podcasting but still not seeing consistent sales?

You’re not alone and there’s a surprising reason your podcast might be underperforming. In this episode, we break down exactly why interview-based podcasts rarely drive revenue and reveal how solo podcasts can massively boost your online sales even if your audience is small.

Discover how most podcasters fall into the “value trap” by giving away too much content and failing to move listeners to action. We show you how to flip that with a proven framework that gets results.

Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

The “pain amplification” method that gets listeners desperate for your offer without sounding salesy
How to structure episodes using the 80/20 rule to increase conversions
The call-to-action strategy that turns listeners into buyers even with under 2K downloads/month

Ready to grow your podcast and actually generate sales online?

Scroll up and press play and steal this framework.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Or Visit https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View Client Results & Case Studies Click Here.

Or Visit getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

Get More Listeners Recommendations:

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics?

Try Captivate: Get a FREE 7-day Trial Here.

#279 | Why DIY Podcast Growth Is Hurting Your Monetization More Than You Realize

Wed, 16 Apr 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow and monetize your podcast way faster in the next 90 days with personalized guidance and following a proven growth and monetization system? Click here.

Or visit https://getmorelisteners.com/growmypodcast

Are you pouring hours into your podcast but seeing little to no return?

If you’re DIY-ing your podcast growth and wondering why your show isn’t getting traction, this episode uncovers the real cost — not in dollars, but in time, energy, and missed monetization opportunities.

Most podcasters think the secret to success is just showing up and grinding harder. But that mindset may be the very thing slowing you down. In this episode, we unpack the silent time leaks that are holding your podcast back and share what it really takes to turn your episodes into ROI.

In this episode you'll discover:

How to calculate the actual hours you’re spending — and losing — on your podcast
The invisible ways DIY growth sabotages your visibility, leads, and income
A proven strategy that helped one podcaster generate $30K in 60 days

If you're ready to stop guessing and start growing your podcast with a system that works, this episode is your wake-up call.Scroll up, press play, and finally monetize your podcast the smart way.

More From Get More Listeners:

View Client Results & Case Studies Click Here.

Or Visit getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

Get More Listeners Recommendations:

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics?Try Captivate: Get a FREE 7-day Trial Here.

#278 | 3 Dumb Podcast Intro Mistakes That Are Losing You Listeners FAST

Mon, 14 Apr 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are your podcast intros secretly turning off new listeners before you even get started?

If you've ever seen a massive drop-off in your podcast analytics within the first couple of minutes or worse, you’ve never even checked this episode is your wake-up call.

Most podcasters are unknowingly making intro mistakes that sabotage their growth, and if you're not hooking listeners right away, you're likely losing them for good.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover the three intro mistakes that are killing your listener retention—without you realizing it.

2) Learn how to introduce guests in a way that actually builds engagement (without reading a boring bio).

3) Find out how to frame your episode so it instantly communicates value and keeps people listening.

Hit play now to fix your intros and start holding your audience’s attention from the very first second.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#277 | How To Create An Interesting Podcast In a Competitive Space

Fri, 11 Apr 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Click Here And Get Instant Access To Our Secret USP Formula + Real Success Examples In Every Niche

Is your podcast stuck in “purgatory”—flatlining downloads, low engagement, and zero momentum… even though you’re doing all the “right” things?

Here’s the truth: most podcasts in any niche are carbon copies of each other. Same format. Same flow. Same structure. In this episode, Ty Goche and Anthony Winer reveal why this sameness is stalling your podcast growth—and how to flip the script with a clear, powerful USP (Unique Selling Point) that instantly stands out.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

Why most podcasts plateau and fade out—even with good content and effort
The exact shifts our clients made to create shows that grew 5x faster
How to develop a clear USP that helps your podcast rise above the noise in any niche

If you’re tired of blending in and ready to break out of the podcast graveyard, this episode is your starting point. Tap play now.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Or Visit https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View Client Results & Case Studies Here.

https://getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

Or Visit getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

Get More Listeners Recommendations:

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics?

Try Captivate: Get a FREE 7-day Trial Here.

#276 | We Nearly Lost Out On 1 Million Dollars Because We Believed In Ourselves

Wed, 09 Apr 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow and monetize your podcast way faster in the next 90 days with personalized guidance and following a proven growth and monetization system?

Click here.

Or visit https://getmorelisteners.com/growmypodcast

Have you ever felt like your biggest risk in podcasting is failure?

What if I told you that the real danger isn't failing but waiting?

In this episode, we reveal how we nearly lost a million dollars because we believed in ourselves too much.

If you're a podcaster who's stuck in slow growth, investing time, money, and effort without seeing results, you're not alone.

The truth is, hard work alone won’t get you there. Without the right strategy and mentorship, you could be wasting years trying to figure it all out on your own just like we almost did.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover the #1 mindset shift that took us from struggling entrepreneurs to generating over a million dollars.

2) Learn why trying to “figure it out on your own” is one of the most expensive mistakes podcasters make.

3) Get clarity on the proven strategies successful podcasters use to scale, monetize, and attract their ideal audience.

Don't waste another year stuck in the same place—hit play now and start making real progress with your podcast! 🚀

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#275 | 10 More Podcast Growth Tips In Less In 5 Minutes

Mon, 07 Apr 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to grow your podcast and turn it into a profitable venture?

What if you could get 10 powerful growth and monetization tips in just five minutes?

Podcasting can feel like a slow grind, especially when you’re not seeing the results you want.

But what if a few simple tweaks could drastically improve your listener engagement, visibility, and revenue?

This episode is packed with actionable insights designed to help you accelerate your podcast’s growth starting today.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn how to optimize your podcast titles and SEO for maximum discoverability on Apple and Spotify.

2) Discover why your show notes should function as a 24/7 sales agent—and how to make that happen.

3) Find out the fastest way to tap into new audiences and attract high-ticket clients effortlessly.

Hit play now and unlock 10 expert tips to supercharge your podcast’s growth and monetization because your show deserves to thrive!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#274 | How Smart Podcasters Grow Faster Without Chasing New Listeners

Fri, 04 Apr 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Discover 7 more ways of keeping your listeners hooked and coming back for future content for faster podcast growth:

Click here

or visit

getmorelisteners.com/keeplistenershooked

getmorelisteners.com

Growth & Monetization

How To Grow a Podcast To 5-10k Monthly Downloads & Monetize As Fast as Possible Following a Simple Growth & Retention System.

Are you frustrated with slow podcast growth despite following all the standard advice?

What if the secret to rapid audience expansion isn’t in attracting new listeners, but in keeping the ones you already have?

Many podcasters are caught in the trap of constantly chasing new listeners while ignoring a powerful strategy that successful shows use to grow exponentially—retention.

If you’ve ever felt stuck in a cycle of effort without progress, this episode will change your perspective.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn why optimizing your podcast format can significantly improve audience retention and help you break past stagnant growth.

2) Discover how your release schedule influences podcast algorithms and what you can do to maximize visibility.

3) Find out how to build an ecosystem that keeps listeners engaged between episodes, leading to more consistent growth and monetization opportunities.

Stop losing listeners without realizing it!

Hit play now to uncover the proven strategies that will turn your podcast into a binge-worthy success.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#273 | Your Podcast Will Never Make You Money (Until You Do This)

Wed, 02 Apr 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Want to grow and monetize your podcast way faster in the next 90 days with personalized guidance and following a proven growth and monetization system?

Click here

Or visit

https://getmorelisteners.com/growmypodcast

Growth & Monetization

How To Grow a Podcast To 5-10k Monthly Downloads & Monetize As Fast as Possible Following a Simple Growth & Retention System.

Are you pouring time and energy into your podcast, only to see stagnant growth and minimal returns?

What if the difference between failure and success wasn't talent, but strategy?

Many podcasters launch their show with big dreams of building authority, attracting leads, and generating income only to feel stuck, frustrated, and questioning if they’re cut out for this.

The truth?

Hoping your podcast takes off without a clear strategy is the reason you’re struggling.

In this episode, we break down the crucial mindset and actions that separate thriving podcasters from those who stay stuck.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover the key decision that successful podcasters make from day one—and how it leads to rapid growth and monetization.

2) Learn why guessing, free resources, and trial-and-error tactics could be costing you time, money, and confidence.

3) Get actionable insights on how to transform your podcast into a lead-generating, revenue-driving machine without years of frustration.

Stop spinning your wheels and start seeing real results.

Tune in now to learn the proven strategy that can take your podcast from stagnant to thriving!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#272 | 10 Podcast Growth Tips In Less In 5 Minutes

Mon, 31 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Struggling to grow your podcast and turn it into a thriving, high-ROI show?

What if you could get 10 expert growth strategies in just five minutes?

Many podcasters feel stuck with slow growth, unclear on what actually moves the needle.

In this episode, we’re sharing 10 powerful, actionable podcast growth tips—completely unscripted—so you can implement them immediately and start seeing real results.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover how to craft high-converting podcast descriptions that attract the right audience.

2) Learn a simple yet effective way to market your podcast to people who don’t even know they need it yet.

3) Find out the #1 overlooked method for leveraging guest appearances and online communities to boost listenership.

Hit play now and grab at least one tip to implement this week—because just one small change could lead to massive podcast growth!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#271 | The 3 Stages of Podcast Growth Explained: Identify Your Stage & Fix It Now

Fri, 28 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to grow your podcast and turn it into a profitable venture?

What if the key to success was simply understanding what stage you're at in your podcasting journey?

Many podcasters dream of a thriving, monetized show but find themselves stuck with slow growth and unclear next steps.

This episode uncovers the three crucial stages of podcast growth and monetization, helping you identify where you stand and what actions will propel you forward.

In this episode, you'll discover:

1) How to pinpoint your current stage of podcast growth so you can take the right next step.

2) Why narrowing your audience focus can lead to greater engagement and rapid growth.

3) The key strategies to transition from slow growth to a monetized, high-impact podcast.

Tune in now to learn exactly what stage you're in and the specific actions you need to take next—because understanding your journey is the first step to podcast success!

#270 | The One Word That Allows The Top 1% To Grow Fast & Monetize

Wed, 26 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why some podcasts skyrocket to success while others struggle to grow, even after years of effort?

Many podcasters face the frustrating reality of slow growth despite trying every marketing tactic in the book.

If you've been posting, networking, and promoting your podcast with little to no traction, the issue might not be your strategy—it could be something much simpler.

In this episode, you'll discover:

✅ The one powerful question successful podcasters ask themselves that changes everything.

✅ How a small mindset shift can help you attract more listeners and monetize faster.

✅ Real-life case studies of podcasters who broke through growth plateaus using this approach.

If you're tired of spinning your wheels and ready for real podcast growth, hit play now and uncover the key to transforming your show’s success! 🎧🔥

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#269 | Why Niching Down Might Be The Exact Thing You Need To Take Things To The Next Level (3 Reasons)

Mon, 24 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you holding back your podcast's growth by niching down too much?

What if staying general could actually help you attract more premium clients and scale faster?

If you’ve ever worried that picking a niche limits your opportunities, you’re not alone.

Many podcasters fear that specializing too much will box them in, but in reality, the opposite might be true.

This episode dives into the hidden ways that niching down could be slowing your growth and what you should do instead.

In this episode, you will:

Learn why generalization could be the key to attracting more high-value clients without limiting your potential.
Discover the surprising psychological triggers that make a broader approach more effective for monetization.
Get actionable insights on how to expand your reach while still positioning yourself as a trusted authority.

Don’t let the wrong strategy hold you back—hit play now to uncover how adjusting your podcast's niche can unlock faster growth and bigger profits!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#268 | Bre Made $14,400 In 90 Days With a Podcast Below 1000 Monthly downloads: Here's How

Fri, 21 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Struggling to grow your podcast, even with great guests and consistent promotion?

What if you could turn a small audience into serious revenue—just like Bre, who made $14,000 in 90 days with under 1,000 monthly downloads?

Most podcasters assume growth is all about downloads, sponsorships, and big-name guests.

But Bre’s success story proves otherwise.

In this episode, we’re breaking down the exact shifts she made—from rebranding her show to leveraging high-ticket offers—to create a thriving podcast business, even with a modest audience.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover the critical mistake keeping most small podcasts stuck—and how to fix it.

2) Learn a proven framework to attract the right listeners and keep them hooked.

3) Understand how to monetize your podcast fast—even with under 1,000 downloads per month.

Press play now to discover the overlooked podcast growth and monetization strategies that turned Bre’s struggling show into a revenue machine! 🚀

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#267 | Are You Designing Your Podcast To Fail Without Realizing It? (Growth & Monetization Mistake To Avoid At All Costs)

Wed, 19 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

https://getmorelisteners.com/growandmonetize

Are you unknowingly sabotaging your podcast’s growth?

Many podcasters struggle with slow and steady growth, despite putting in hours of effort.

The problem?

They’re speaking to the wrong audience.

This episode reveals how a simple tweak to your episode titles and marketing can dramatically boost your downloads and attract more listeners.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover the common mistake podcasters make that limits their reach and engagement.

2) Learn how one simple change helped a podcaster grow from 500 to 3,500 monthly downloads in just six months.

3) Get a practical strategy to rewrite your lowest-performing episode titles for instant results.

Don’t let your podcast stay stuck—tune in now to learn how to optimize your marketing and start seeing real growth! 🎧🚀

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#266 | Title Mistakes That Are Secretly Losing You Podcast Listeners (Avoid These 3 At All Cost)

Mon, 17 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are your podcast episode titles secretly costing you listeners?

You might be making simple mistakes that turn potential fans away before they even hit play!

You pour your heart into creating valuable content, yet your podcast struggles to grow.

The problem?

It could be your episode titles.

Many entrepreneurs unknowingly use vague, safe, or overly clever titles that fail to grab attention—leaving their amazing content unnoticed.

In this episode, you'll discover:

1) The three biggest title mistakes that repel listeners and weaken your authority.

2) How to craft irresistible titles that instantly boost your podcast’s click-through rate.

3) Real-world examples of high-performing vs. low-converting episode titles so you can improve yours today.

Stop letting weak titles hold your podcast back!

Hit play now and learn how to create episode titles that attract, engage, and convert more listeners. 🎧🔥

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#265 | The Only Method You Need to Finally Figure Out What Actually Grows Your Podcast

Fri, 14 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly wasting time on podcast growth strategies that don’t actually work?

Many podcasters struggle with slow growth because they follow strategies that aren’t suited to their unique show.

With limited transparency in the industry, it's easy to copy big names like Stephen Bartlett without realizing their success comes from massive budgets and dedicated teams.

This episode helps you break free from ineffective tactics and focus on what truly moves the needle for your podcast.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover a simple 4-step framework to test and track podcast growth strategies effectively.

2) Learn why copying big podcasts can backfire and how to tailor strategies to your show's needs.

3) Get clear, actionable steps to remove the guesswork and systematically grow and monetize your podcast.

Stop wasting time on ineffective tactics—press play now and start using a proven method to grow your podcast with confidence!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#264 | This Hidden Mistake Keeps Entrepreneurs With Podcasters Stuck With Slow Growth (How To Fix It)

Wed, 12 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Discover: How Entrepreneurs With Small Podcasts Are Gaining Thousands of New Listeners & Earning $12,000 or More In As Little As 90 Days.

Or visit: getmorelisteners.com/growandmonetize

What if the biggest reason your podcast isn't growing has nothing to do with your content or consistency—but everything to do with a hidden mistake you keep making

Many podcasters put in the work—publishing episodes, showing up consistently, and delivering value—yet they remain stuck with slow or no growth.

The frustration builds, and the idea of investing more time or money into something that hasn’t yielded results feels pointless.

But what if that exact mindset is what's holding your show back from real success

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover the #1 mistake keeping your podcast from growing and monetizing—without you even realizing it.

2) Learn the mindset shift successful podcasters make to break past stagnant growth and start seeing real results.

3) Get actionable steps to transform your podcast from a time-consuming hobby into a powerful business asset.

Don’t let another year go by with the same struggles—press play now and learn the strategy that will finally take your podcast to the next level! 🚀

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#263 | 3 Growth Tactics Successful Podcasters Obsess Over That 99% Of Shows Ignore

Mon, 10 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Why do some podcasts explode in growth while others struggle to gain traction?

The top 1% of podcasters follow specific strategies that most shows completely overlook—are you missing out?

Many podcasters believe great content alone will bring success, but that’s not how top shows grow.

If you're stuck in slow growth mode, it’s time to apply the underrated, high-impact tactics that successful podcasters obsess over.

In this episode, we break down the three key strategies that can help you scale faster, attract more listeners, and monetize your show effectively.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

✅ How to craft episode titles that skyrocket click-through rates and listener engagement.

✅ The simple but powerful podcast SEO strategy that drives free organic traffic from Apple and Spotify.

✅ Why treating your podcast like a business—rather than just a content project—leads to explosive growth and revenue.

If you're ready to stop guessing and start growing, hit play now to unlock the three game-changing tactics that can transform your podcast! 🎧🔥

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#262 | How To Brainwash Your Listeners To Buy Your Stuff (Simple Process For Faster Podcast Monetization)

Fri, 07 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why some podcasts effortlessly turn listeners into paying customers while others struggle to get any engagement?

If you're tired of promoting your offers only to hear crickets, this episode will show you the secret to crafting call-to-actions that feel like a natural, irresistible next step for your audience.

We’re breaking down a weird psychological trigger that increases the likelihood of listeners taking action—without feeling like they’re being "sold" to.

Here’s what you’ll gain from this episode:

✅ How to structure your podcast content so listeners feel compelled to take action.

✅ The "PASS" framework (Problem, Agitate, Solution) that makes your calls to action nearly impossible to ignore.

✅ Why solo episodes convert way better than interviews—and how to use this to your advantage.

Hit play now and discover the simple tweaks that will turn your podcast from a slow-growing show into a monetization machine! 🚀🎙️

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#261 | Why You Need an Email List To Monetize Your Podcast Way Faster

Wed, 05 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to turn your podcast listeners into paying clients?

What if the way you’re pitching your offer is the very reason you're not seeing results?

Many podcasters believe that simply promoting their product or service at the end of an episode will lead to conversions.

But the reality is, most listeners aren’t in the right state of mind—or physical position—to take immediate action.

Instead, they need a smaller, more compelling reason to stay engaged with you beyond the episode.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

1) The biggest mistakes podcasters make when trying to grow their email list.

2) Why pitching directly on your podcast often leads to slow and inconsistent conversions.

3) A simple content strategy that transforms more listeners into email subscribers and paying clients.

If you're ready to stop leaving money on the table and start building an engaged email list that actually converts, hit play now and learn the strategy that makes podcast monetization effortless! 🎧

🚀New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#260 | 3 Traits of Highly Successful Podcasters Getting 100k Monthly Downloads

Mon, 03 Mar 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why some podcasters effortlessly attract massive audiences while others struggle to grow—even with great content?

If you’ve been grinding away, releasing episodes consistently, and still not seeing the explosive growth you want, it’s not just about better marketing or high-profile guests.

After studying hundreds of successful podcasters who hit 100,000+ monthly downloads, we discovered three key mindset traits that separate top performers from everyone else.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

✅ The crucial mindset shift that allows top podcasters to stay consistent and see long-term growth.

✅ The surprising self-reflection habit that skyrockets audience engagement and retention.

✅ The single most overlooked trait that makes some shows wildly successful while others remain stagnant.

Don’t waste another episode wondering why your show isn’t growing.

Hit play now and start applying these game-changing insights today! 🚀🎧

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#259 | This Stupid Simple Strategy Landed a Podcaster on 6 Top 1% Shows WITHOUT Pitching To Them

Fri, 28 Feb 2025 04:00:00 +0100

What if landing one podcast interview could unlock access to six more top-tier shows—without sending a single extra pitch?

If you've been struggling to land guest spots on high-profile podcasts, getting ignored despite sending countless cold pitches, or feeling stuck while watching others effortlessly book big-name shows, you're not alone.

The key to getting invited onto multiple top 1% podcasts isn’t a better pitch—it’s understanding one simple strategy that most podcasters overlook.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

✅ The exact question that secured guest spots on six top 1% podcasts—without pitching.

✅ A proven system to turn every guest appearance into multiple high-profile opportunities.

✅ The biggest mistake podcasters make after an interview that costs them massive growth.

Press play now to learn this stupid-simple strategy and start multiplying your podcast guest appearances effortlessly!

🎙️🚀New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#258 | How Changing Your Podcast's Show Name Could Unlock Thousands Of Downloads

Wed, 26 Feb 2025 04:00:00 +0100

What if one simple change could double or even triple your podcast downloads?

Would you do it?

If your podcast isn’t growing as fast as you’d like, your show name might be holding you back.

A vague or unclear name can limit your reach, while the right name can attract the perfect listeners and skyrocket your growth.

But is it worth the risk of rebranding? In this episode, we break down the power of a podcast name change—both the success stories and the cautionary tales—to help you make an informed decision.

By tuning in, you’ll learn:

1) How the wrong podcast name can kill your growth (and how to fix it).

2) The three essential elements your podcast title must have to attract the right listeners.

3) How to overcome the fear of losing your audience and confidently make the change.

If you’re wondering whether your podcast name is helping or hurting your growth, hit play now and get the clarity you need to make the right call!

🎧New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#257 | 3 Reasons Why You Need Solo Episodes To Monetize Your Podcast Fast

Mon, 24 Feb 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you relying on guest interviews to grow your podcast but still struggling to convert listeners into clients?

Many podcasters think landing great guests is the key to success, yet their downloads remain stagnant, and monetization feels impossible. The truth?

Solo episodes can significantly boost your authority, discoverability, and revenue.

In this episode, we’ll break down exactly why you should be doing more solo content and how it can accelerate your podcast’s growth.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover why solo episodes position you as the go-to expert in your niche.

2) Learn how solo episodes improve podcast SEO and make your show easier to find.

3) Understand how solo content creates seamless opportunities for monetization.

If you want to grow your podcast faster and turn listeners into paying clients, hit play now and start implementing these solo episode strategies today! 🎧

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#256 | The 4-Step Formula for Writing Podcast Show Notes That Grow Your Podcast

Fri, 21 Feb 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered why your podcast isn't capturing the audience it deserves?

Dive into today's episode to uncover the often-overlooked power of effective show notes in podcasting.

For podcasters grappling with slow growth, the key might lie in an unexpected place - your show notes.

This episode addresses a common challenge faced by many podcasters: crafting show notes that not only inform but actively engage and convert listeners.

In this episode you will discover:

How to craft show notes that transform casual browsers into dedicated listeners.
The critical balance between information and persuasion in your episode descriptions.
Insights into using the ADA framework with Chat GPT to automate compelling show notes efficiently.

If you're ready to revolutionize your podcast's reach with skillfully crafted show notes, press play now and embark on a journey to transform your podcast's engagement and growth.

STEAL OUR SHOW NOTES CHATGPT PROMPT HERE:

Attention (A): Please provide a hook question that grabs the reader's attention and is specific to the podcast episode's topic.

Interest (I): With the focus on the reader, explain how the episode topic relates to a current problem or desired outcome for the reader.

Desire (D): List the three main benefits listeners will gain from the episode without using the 'Title: Subtitle' format.

Action (A): Include a one-sentence, specific, incentive-based call to action for the reader to play the episode without mentioning any extra CTAs from the transcript.

Please follow the steps above to create podcast show notes from this transcript:

[INSERT EPISODE TRANSCRIPT HERE]

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#255 | Should You Come Up With Your Episode Titles Before Or After Your Podcast Episode?

Wed, 19 Feb 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Should you decide on your podcast episode title before or after recording?

The answer could impact your engagement, retention, and overall podcast growth.

Many podcasters struggle with keeping listeners engaged throughout an episode.

One overlooked factor?

How and when they choose their episode titles.

In this episode, we break down the surprising impact that titling decisions have on audience retention—and how making a small change could significantly boost your podcast’s performance.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

✅ How a simple change in a client’s titling process increased engagement.

✅ The most common mistake podcasters make that causes listener drop-off.

✅ A clear strategy for deciding on your episode title to maximize retention.

Press play now to learn how strategic episode titling can keep listeners engaged and help your podcast grow! 🎧🚀

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#254 | 3 Signs You Should Consider Rebranding Your Podcast For Faster Growth

Mon, 17 Feb 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Is your podcast stuck in slow growth mode, struggling to attract the right audience and generate leads?

It might be time for a rebrand—but how do you know for sure?

Many podcasters unknowingly hold themselves back by trying to serve too many audiences, failing to attract clients, or struggling to define what their show is really about.

If any of this sounds familiar, rebranding could be the game-changer your podcast needs to grow faster and monetize effectively.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

✅ Three clear signs that your podcast needs a rebrand to attract the right listeners.

✅ How to reposition your podcast for growth, higher engagement, and more business opportunities.

✅ The key elements of an effective podcast brand that leads to more qualified leads and revenue.

Don’t let branding confusion hold your podcast back—tune in now to learn if rebranding is the missing piece to your podcast’s success! 🎧🔥

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#253 | How This Podcaster Doubled Her Monthly Podcast Revenue With 3 Simple But Intentional Changes

Fri, 14 Feb 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to turn your podcast listeners into paying customers, even though your audience is growing?

Many podcasters face the frustrating challenge of monetization—giving call-to-actions that get ignored, offering multiple tiers that don’t convert, and feeling stuck at a revenue plateau.

But what if the solution was simpler than you think?

In this episode, you’ll learn:

✅ The #1 mistake stopping your audience from taking action.

✅ How to streamline your offer for maximum sales without alienating listeners.

✅ A simple tweak that doubled one podcaster’s revenue in just two weeks.

If you want to make more money from your podcast while doing less, hit play now and discover the two simple changes that can transform your monetization strategy! 🎧

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#252 | This Not-So-Obvious Tactic Grew Her Podcast By 20% Within 7 Days & How You Can To

Wed, 12 Feb 2025 04:00:00 +0100

What if just one simple tweak could increase your podcast downloads by 20% in a single week?

Would you try it?

Many podcasters struggle with slow growth, constantly wondering how to attract new listeners and keep them coming back.

In this episode, we reveal a highly effective but often overlooked strategy that helped a client grow her audience by 20%—in just 7 days.

The best part? It’s easy to replicate for your own podcast.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn how one podcaster used "newsjacking" to instantly tap into a larger audience.

2) Discover why retaining new listeners is just as crucial as attracting them—and how to do it.

3) Get a simple, repeatable formula to turn timely content into long-term podcast growth.

Don’t let your podcast stay stagnant—hit play now and discover the growth strategy that could take your show to the next level!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#251 | 3 Easy Ways To Turn Podcast Listeners Into High-Ticket Clients (Monetization Tips For Entrepreneurs With Podcasts)

Mon, 10 Feb 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to turn your podcast listeners into paying clients?

What if a few simple tweaks could transform your audience into high-ticket buyers?

If you're using your podcast to grow your business, but you’re not seeing the conversions you want, you’re not alone.

Many podcasters attract listeners but struggle to monetize effectively.

This episode reveals three easy-to-implement strategies that will help you turn engaged listeners into clients who are ready to invest in your products or services.

In this episode, you will:

1) A fast and effective conversion hack that encourages new leads to take action immediately.

2) A powerful content strategy that removes buyer objections and increases trust.

3) A simple way to boost awareness for your offers without sounding overly salesy.

Don't let your podcast be just another content channel—turn it into a client-generating machine! Hit play now and start converting your listeners into high-ticket clients today.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#250 | How She Went From 400 To 30k Monthly Downloads In 11 Month (Podcasting Growth & Marketing Case Study)

Fri, 07 Feb 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Struggling to grow your podcast?

What if you could 75x your downloads in just 11 months—without working harder?

Many podcasters pour hours into editing, promoting, and guest booking, yet see little to no growth.

If you’re feeling stuck and on the verge of burnout, this episode reveals how one podcaster turned it all around with three simple yet powerful strategies.

In this episode, you will

1) Discover the three key steps that helped Raven skyrocket her downloads.

2) Learn how doing less actually led to more growth.

3) Find out the secret strategy that made her podcast grow on autopilot.

Hit play now to learn how to simplify your podcast strategy and start seeing real growth—without the overwhelm!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#249 | What Trade-Offs Do You Need To Make To Succeed In Podcasting As An Entrepreneur?

Wed, 05 Feb 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you making the right trade-offs to grow your podcast, or are you sacrificing the wrong things and holding yourself back?

Many podcasters assume that simply putting in time and staying consistent is enough to guarantee success—but what if that’s not true?

In this episode, we dive into the real trade-offs that separate successful podcasters from those who struggle, revealing the surprising sacrifices that actually drive growth and revenue.

If you’ve been feeling stuck despite your efforts, this episode will shift your perspective on what it truly takes to succeed.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover the common sacrifices that most podcasters make that don’t lead to growth—and what to do instead.

2) Learn the key mindset shifts and strategic trade-offs that high-earning podcasters embrace to scale their audience and revenue.

3) Gain practical insights on how to structure your podcasting efforts for maximum efficiency and long-term success without unnecessary burnout.

Stop wasting time on the wrong sacrifices—listen now to uncover the trade-offs that actually lead to podcast growth and profitability!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#248 | 3 Specific Areas You Can Use Urgency To Drive More Growth, Engagement & Monetization

Mon, 03 Feb 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are your podcast episodes struggling to engage listeners and convert them into action-takers?

What if you could create an irresistible sense of urgency that drives growth and monetization right now?

For podcasters who find their audiences passive or hesitant to take action, this episode delivers a clear solution.

By injecting urgency into your content, you can keep listeners engaged, drive meaningful actions, and unlock new opportunities for growth—all without resorting to manipulative tactics.

Here’s what you’ll gain in this episode:

Learn how to craft podcast intros that immediately hook your audience and encourage them to stay tuned.
Discover simple yet powerful title hacks that make your episodes unmissable.
Master the art of urgency-driven calls-to-action (CTAs) to boost listener engagement and monetization efforts.

Don’t let your podcast’s potential slip away—tune in now to discover how urgency can transform your listener experience and skyrocket your podcast’s growth today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#247 | The Only Social Media Strategy You Need For 2025 To Grow & Monetize Your Podcast

Fri, 31 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever stopped to wonder why your social media posts aren't turning into more podcast listeners?

What if the strategy you've been using for years is actually the reason your growth has plateaued?

In 2025, podcasters still lean on social media promotion to grow their shows—but does it actually work?

This episode dives into the common pitfalls of relying on promotional clips and posts, showing why they rarely convert strangers into loyal listeners.

If you're tired of wasting time on social media strategies that yield little to no results, this episode reveals a new, proven method to find, engage, and grow your audience consistently.

Here’s what you’ll walk away with:

A clear understanding of why traditional social media strategies fail to grow podcasts in 2025.
A step-by-step guide to leveraging online communities to find and attract listeners who are already interested in your topic.
How to automate your outreach process so you can grow your audience without spending hours on manual engagement.

Don’t let outdated strategies keep your podcast from growing—listen to this episode now and discover the simple three-step process to turn online strangers into active listeners!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#246 | How To Never Run Out Of Podcast Motivation Even When Growing Fails Hard!

Wed, 29 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever felt like throwing in the towel on your podcast, questioning if all the time, energy, and effort are really worth it?

If you're feeling stuck, burnt out, or unsure of your podcast's future, you're not alone.

Many podcasters hit this wall—but what if this challenging moment is actually part of the process that leads to growth and success?

This episode dives deep into how to stay motivated, why failure is a stepping stone, and how to reignite your podcasting journey.

In this episode, you will:

Discover how to tap into unlimited motivation when you're on the verge of quitting.
Understand why failure is an essential and unavoidable part of success.
Learn how to create a crystal-clear vision that will keep you focused, driven, and excited about your podcast's future.

Don’t give up on your podcast—play this episode now to uncover the mindset shifts and strategies that will help you turn the tide and transform your show into everything you’ve envisioned.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#245 | 3 Podcast Recording & Production Hacks That Will Save You Hours Each Week

Mon, 27 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Do you feel like your podcast production is taking over your life, leaving you overwhelmed and stuck on a never-ending hamster wheel?

This episode dives into practical solutions to save time and reduce stress in your podcast workflow.

Whether you're struggling to pick topics, streamline your recording process, or speed up editing, these hacks are tailored to help you take back control and keep podcasting enjoyable.

In this episode, you will:

Learn a simple method to ensure you never scramble for podcast topics again.
Discover how to stay concise and avoid rambling, creating episodes your audience will love.
Find out how to cut your editing time in half, even if you’re working without a producer.

Listen now to uncover these time-saving podcast hacks and transform the way you create content starting today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#244 | How To Choose What Topics To Cover On Your Podcast For Faster Podcast Growth (Marketing Tips)

Fri, 24 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to grow your podcast and turn it into a revenue-generating machine?

Have you ever wondered why some shows take off while others remain stagnant?

If you're a podcaster looking to attract more listeners and monetize effectively, the topics you choose play a critical role.

Many hosts unknowingly sabotage their growth by selecting topics based on personal interest rather than audience demand.

This episode will help you avoid common pitfalls and refine your content strategy for faster success.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover why most podcast content strategies fail to attract high-ticket clients and how to fix it.

2) Learn why copying top podcasters in your niche could be limiting your monetization potential.

3) Gain a proven blueprint for sustainable podcast growth without burning out on content creation.

Hit play now to uncover the key to selecting podcast topics that drive listener engagement, authority, and revenue growth!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#243 | How To Ethically Use People’s Pain Points To Grow, Market & Monetize Your Podcast

Wed, 22 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Do you feel like you're screaming into an empty void, struggling to grow your podcast despite pouring your heart into it?

For podcasters, slow growth can be frustrating, and figuring out how to connect with your audience feels like an uphill battle.

This episode dives into a powerful but ethical marketing technique: using your audience's pain points to market and monetize your podcast effectively.

Imagine transforming your struggling show into one that rapidly gains traction and delivers positive ROI.

Here’s what you’ll gain from this episode:

Discover how addressing your audience's pain can turn casual listeners into loyal fans.
Learn how one podcaster skyrocketed from 30 downloads per episode to 5,000+ monthly downloads in just 90 days.
Get a simple, actionable strategy to leverage pain points in your social media promotions today.

Ready to turn your podcast into a listener magnet?

Press play now and learn how to ethically connect with your audience’s deepest needs to grow your show!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#242 | 3 Reasons Why Podcasting Is The Biggest Opportunity For Business Owners In 2025

Mon, 20 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

What if podcasting in 2025 is like YouTube in 2010?

Would you want to be an early adopter of a rapidly growing platform with massive potential?

With over 100 million weekly listeners in the U.S. alone and far less competition than YouTube, Instagram, or blogging, podcasting is a game-changer for business owners who want to attract high-ticket clients and establish authority in their niche.

If you're struggling with slow podcast growth, now is the time to capitalize on this rising trend.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

1) Why podcasting is exploding and how listener demand far outweighs content supply.

2) How podcasts allow you to build trust and authority by showing up as your authentic self without battling social media algorithms.

3) The surprising data that proves podcast listeners are highly educated, affluent, and more likely to invest in your products or services.

Don’t miss out on this once-in-a-decade opportunity—hit play now and start positioning your podcast for success in 2025!

Suggested Resources

https://podnews.net/press-release/podcast-consumer-2024

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#241 | What Podcast Metrics Should You Track? And How Can You Use Them For Faster Podcast Growth & Monetization

Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you tracking the right podcast metrics, or are you making decisions based on guesswork?

If you’re struggling to grow your podcast and wondering why your audience isn’t engaging as much as you’d like, understanding the right analytics can be a game-changer.

Many podcasters focus only on downloads, but there’s a lot more to consider.

This episode will help you uncover the key metrics that truly impact your growth and success.

In this episode you will:

Discover which podcast metrics actually matter and how they impact your show's growth.
Learn the most common mistakes podcasters make when analyzing their data and how to avoid them.
Get practical, step-by-step advice on using analytics to make data-driven decisions that lead to more listeners and higher monetization potential.

Hit play now to take the guesswork out of podcast growth and start making smarter, data-driven decisions that lead to real results!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#240 | Are You Spending Too Much Time On Podcast Production & Workflow? (Here's a Simple Fix)

Wed, 15 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you spending way too much time recording your podcast episodes but not seeing the results you want?

What if the secret to saving hours each week was a simple shift in how you plan your episodes?

Many podcasters struggle with feeling overwhelmed by their recording process, spending hours scripting or freestyling without structure—only to end up frustrated with slow growth.

In this episode, we break down the biggest time-waster for podcasters and how you can streamline your workflow to produce high-quality content efficiently, without burning out.

In this episode, you will also:

1) Discover the surprising link between your recording process and long-term podcast growth.

2) Learn the simple mindset shift that will help you produce better content in less time.

3) Gain a proven framework that will save you hours each week while keeping your episodes engaging and impactful.

Hit play now to start cutting down your recording time while creating better podcast episodes that attract more listeners!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#239 | Exposing Podcast SEO Myths You Have To Avoid If You Want Faster Podcast Growth - SEO Marketing Strategies

Mon, 13 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Ready to break down and demystify podcast SEO?

In this rapidly evolving podcasting world, it's vital to stay ahead of misconceptions that can hinder your growth.

This episode is dedicated to shattering myths about podcast SEO and aligning your strategy with what truly works.

In this episode you will discover:

The reality behind common myths that hold podcasters back when it comes to podcast SEO
How podcast SEO isn't as complicated as it seems
Why simply adding keywords to titles isn’t enough to rank your podcast higher on Apple & Spotify.

So if you're ready to dive deeper into the world of podcast SEO, if you want to understand where most podcaster go wrong and how to avoid these mistakes scroll up and press play.

Recommended Resources:

# 23 | What Is Podcast SEO? How Can You Use It To Rank Higher On Apple & Spotify (Intro To Podcast SEO Part 1)

#26 | How To Increase Your Podcasts Discoverability On Apple & Spotify (Podcast SEO Part 2)

#29 | The 3 Things You Need To Focus On To Increase Your Visibility on Apple & Spotify (Podcast SEO Part 3)

#32 | 5 Common Mistakes That Could Be Hurting Your Podcast Engagement (Podcast SEO Part 4)

#35 | How To Establish Your Expertise, Increase Relevancy & Build Your Podcast's Authority (SEO Part 5

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#238 | How To Write a Podcast Show Description That Turns More Strangers Into Listeners

Fri, 10 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Struggling to turn new visitors into loyal listeners?

Your podcast’s show description might be the missing piece.

Discover how to craft a compelling description that grabs attention and converts strangers into subscribers.

Your podcast show description is the first thing potential listeners see, yet it’s often overlooked.

With so much competition, a generic or uninspiring description could be costing you listeners.

In this episode, we break down a proven framework to make your show description work for you—so you can attract and retain your ideal audience.

By tuning in, you’ll learn:

1) The #1 mistake most podcasters make with their show description—and how to fix it.

2) A simple six-step checklist to instantly make your podcast more appealing.

3) How to craft a call to action that increases your listener conversion rate.

If you’re ready to optimize your podcast for growth, hit play now and discover how a few tweaks to your show description can make all the difference!

Let me know if you’d like any refinements! 🚀

Show Description Checklist:

1. Start with a Hook Question: Open your description with a question that resonates with your target audience. It should address a pain point, desired outcome, or a specific thing your audience cares about. This grabs attention and immediately signals to the reader that they're in the right place.

2. Clarify Who the Show is For: Expand on the hook by painting a clear picture of your ideal listener. Use one to two sentences to describe the situation or mindset of your audience, making the content relatable.

3. List the Benefits: Clearly outline what listeners will gain from your podcast. Mention three specific benefits or transformations they can expect by tuning in.

4. Share a Mini Story: In one or two sentences, share the genesis of your podcast. This personal touch adds relatability and credibility.

5. Describe the Format: Give practical details about your podcast. Mention the frequency of episodes, their length, and the format (solo, interviews, etc.). This section should also highlight your unique selling point (USP).

6. Incentivize with a Call to Action: Finally, direct potential listeners to a specific, fan-favourite episode. This focused call to action, coupled with the promise of value (incentive), encourages immediate engagement.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

If you listen to any of the following shows, we're sure you'll ours too!

#237 | Why Podcast SEO NEEDS To Be Part Your Growth Strategy In 2025 - Search Engine optimization Marketing

Wed, 08 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to grow your podcast despite putting in countless hours of effort?

What if there was a simple strategy that could help your show rank higher on Apple and Spotify, bringing in more listeners effortlessly?

Podcast SEO is the secret weapon that most podcasters are overlooking.

With over 160 million monthly podcast listeners in the U.S. alone, nearly half of them turn to Apple and Spotify to discover new shows.

If your podcast isn’t optimized for these platforms, you’re missing out on massive organic growth. In this episode, we break down why podcast SEO is essential for your success in 2025 and beyond.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn how podcast SEO helps your show rank higher, making it easier for new listeners to find you.

2) Discover why this strategy is mostly passive once set up, allowing you to grow your audience without extra effort.

3) Find out why now is the perfect time to implement podcast SEO before the competition catches on.

Take a moment right now to search for your podcast’s main keyword on Apple or Spotify.

If your show isn’t ranking on the first page, this episode is a must-listen—hit play now and start leveraging podcast SEO for explosive growth!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#236 | Do These 3 Things For Effective Podcast Marketing & Monetization In 2025

Mon, 06 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you making the critical mistake that could cost you thousands of new podcast listeners in 2025?

In today’s competitive podcasting world, it’s no longer enough to create great content—you need a strategy that ensures your show gets discovered by the right audience.

Whether you’re aiming for more downloads, increased revenue, or industry authority, this episode reveals actionable tactics tailored for the modern podcaster.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn the simple habit that will grow your podcast audience on autopilot through better keyword strategies.

2) Understand the one mistake that could derail your marketing and monetization goals—and how to avoid it.

3) Discover an effortless way to reach thousands of listeners by leveraging collaborations, even if you have no social media presence.

Start unlocking your podcast’s full potential by tuning in now—you’ll walk away with three actionable strategies to make 2025 your best year yet!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy. You'll learn how to grow and monetize faster, get more listeners and engagement, increase downloads, attract more subscribers, clients or sponsors, and turn your show into a revenue-generating platform.

#235 | How Kyle & Jon Grew From 1,000 To 10,000 Monthly Downloads & Added a Million Dollars To Their Pipeline

Fri, 03 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

What if your podcast could 10x its downloads and transform into a money-making machine within a single year?

Are you pouring your time and money into a podcast that seems stuck in growth limbo?

This episode dives into the real-life case study of Kyle and John, former math teachers turned finance coaches, who skyrocketed their show from 1,000 to over 10,000 monthly downloads in 2024—and added $1 million to their business pipeline.

Here’s what you’ll gain from this episode:

Discover the exact rebranding strategy, including a new name and tagline, that turned their podcast into a client magnet.
Learn the power of podcast SEO to dominate Apple and Spotify rankings with intentional keywords.
See how the perfect mix of content, collaborations, and design transformed a struggling show into a thriving one.

Don’t wait—press play now to uncover the steps you can take to achieve rapid podcast growth and real monetization in 2024!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

#234 | What You Can Expect From Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing In 2025

Wed, 01 Jan 2025 04:00:00 +0100

Are you frustrated with your podcast’s slow growth and unsure why your audience isn’t expanding as you hoped?

In 2025, podcasting success demands more than just great content.

If you’re struggling to grow your audience or monetize effectively, this episode will show you exactly how we’re revolutionizing our strategies to provide you with actionable tools and insights for rapid growth.

By listening, you’ll discover:

Case study breakdowns that reveal real-world strategies for growing and monetizing podcasts.
Cutting-edge growth experiments you can implement without the trial-and-error hassle.
Opportunities to connect directly with experts in live workshops designed to scale your podcast.

Unlock the secrets to turning your podcast into a thriving, profitable venture by playing the episode today—don’t let 2025 slip by without making real progress!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#233 | 3 Things To Leave In 2024 For Easier Podcasting Growth & Marketing In 2025

Mon, 30 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you holding onto podcasting habits that are stalling your growth?

What if ditching a few things could make 2025 your most successful podcasting year yet?

As we head into the new year, many podcasters find themselves stuck in old patterns that don’t drive results.

This episode dives into three specific things you can let go of in 2024 to simplify your workflow, attract more listeners, and set your show up for greater success in 2025.

By tuning in, you’ll learn:

Why social media clips might be wasting your time—and what to focus on instead.
How guest interviews could be holding you back from monetizing your audience.
Easy ways to upgrade your audio quality for a more professional and engaging listening experience.

Start your year strong by listening to this episode and discovering how to make your podcast easier to grow and monetize in 2025.

Press play now!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

If you listen to any of the following shows, we're sure you'll ours too!

#232 | Why You Should Let Go Of The Need To Do More In 2025 If You Want Faster Growth & Monetization

Fri, 27 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly sabotaging your podcast growth by doing too much?

As a podcaster, it’s tempting to tackle every growth and monetization strategy all at once.

But spreading yourself too thin can leave you overwhelmed and stuck in a cycle of minimal progress.

This episode shows you how to eliminate inefficiencies and focus on what truly moves the needle for your podcast.

In this episode, you will:

Learn how to break free from the “New Year’s delusion” and focus on what really matters for podcast growth.
Discover the three essential actions that will help you grow your podcast faster and more effectively.
Find out how to identify and cut out the tasks and strategies that aren't serving your podcast goals.

Listen now to unlock the secrets of doing less but achieving more with your podcast in 2025—because faster growth and monetization are closer than you think.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

If you listen to any of the following shows, we're sure you'll ours too!

#231 - Merry Christmas

Wed, 25 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

If you listen to any of the following shows, we're sure you'll ours too!

#230 | 3 Questions To Ask Yourself This Holiday Downtime To Gain Clarity On Your Podcast Growth & Monetization In 2025

Mon, 23 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

What’s the one strategy that could transform your podcast growth in 2025?

As the year winds down, many podcasters struggle to find time to reflect on how to turn their passion project into a thriving, profitable show.

This episode provides you with three simple yet powerful questions to ask yourself during this festive downtime, helping you gain clarity and momentum for 2025.

In this episode, you will:

Learn the one strategy to focus on next year that will consistently bring exposure to your podcast.
Discover how to position yourself as the go-to expert in your niche and convert listeners into paying clients.
Gain actionable insights to define and achieve your most important podcasting goals for the new year.

Take advantage of your holiday downtime—press play now to get the clarity and tools you need to supercharge your podcast in 2025!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

This podcast is for entrepreneurs to learn proven podcasting audience growth, marketing & monetization tips & strategies including data-driven SEO, guesting, and social media strategy.

If you listen to any of the following shows, we're sure you'll ours too!

#229 | How This NEW Demand-Based Content Strategy Can Drive More Growth & Monetization For Your Podcast In 2025

Fri, 20 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

What if the way you're choosing podcast topics is actually driving listeners away—and costing you money?

Your podcast isn’t just about sharing stories or expertise—it’s about attracting the right audience and keeping them engaged.

If your show isn’t growing or monetizing, chances are your content strategy is the problem. This episode reveals how a demand-based content approach can change that.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why random content creation alienates listeners and leads to slow growth.
A simple method to make your podcast irresistible to your dream clients.
The little-known truth about content marketing that could transform your show’s engagement and revenue.

Hit play now to learn how to grow your audience, keep them coming back, and turn your podcast into a monetization powerhouse.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#228 | The One Thing You Need To Do To Transform Your Podcast In 2025 For Easier Monetization & Marketing!

Wed, 18 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

What if the only thing holding back your podcast’s growth and profitability in 2025 is a blind spot you can’t see?

Too many podcasters either quit too soon or continue down the wrong path, not because their content isn’t great, but because they lack the fresh perspective needed to see what’s truly holding them back.

In this episode, discover how one key decision can transform your show and turn it into a revenue-generating powerhouse in 2025.

In this episode, you’ll uncover:

The hidden podcast growth trap that often derails CEOs running their own shows.
How one struggling podcaster 10x-ed their audience and generated $14,400 in 90 days.
The transformative power of getting an outside perspective to achieve rapid podcast growth.

Tune in now to learn the one decision that can completely change your podcast's future in 2025—don’t let another year pass without unlocking your full potential!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#227 | 3 Biggest Podcast Marketing, Monetization & Growth Lessons We’ve Learned This Year

Mon, 16 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you stuck wondering why your podcast isn’t growing—or why you aren’t making money from it yet?

This year, we’ve worked with over 100 podcasters one-on-one, and the lessons we’ve learned could completely change the game for you.

Whether you’re struggling to monetize, attract listeners, or stand out in an ever-growing podcast landscape, we’ve got you covered with real insights that work.

By the end of this episode, you’ll discover:

How to make $10K a month from your podcast—even with a small audience.
Why guesting on other podcasts is a smarter growth strategy than social media.
The secrets to standing out in an increasingly competitive podcasting world.

Hit play now and learn the top strategies to turn your podcast into a growing, profitable powerhouse heading into 2025!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#226 | What Successful Podcasters Do Differently in December To Drive Even More Growth

Fri, 13 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why some podcasts thrive during the December chaos while others fade into the background?

As the holiday season disrupts routines, many podcasters face dwindling listener engagement and burnout.

This episode tackles how you can flip the script—keeping your podcast top of mind for your audience without overworking yourself.

In this episode, you will:

Learn how to save time during the holidays by repurposing your most successful episodes strategically.
Discover how to create timely, seasonal content that resonates deeply with your audience.
Uncover actionable tips for maintaining podcast growth, even when you're busy celebrating.

Don’t let the holidays derail your podcast’s growth—press play and discover how to keep your audience engaged while giving yourself a break!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#225 | Why Social Media Growth & High Profile Guests No Longer Work For Podcast Marketing & Monetization In 2024

Wed, 11 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to grow your podcast despite having great content and impressive guests?

What if the strategies you’ve been using are outdated—and actually holding you back?

In today’s crowded podcasting landscape, social media promotions and high-profile guests no longer guarantee audience growth.

This episode dives into why these traditional approaches fail in 2024 and introduces a smarter, results-driven strategy to capture the attention of your ideal audience without wasting time or resources.

Listeners will discover:

Why traditional tactics like social media promotions and big-name guests fail to deliver consistent growth.
A counterintuitive yet proven method to grow your audience by leveraging existing attention in your niche.
Practical steps to identify trending topics and adapt them to your unique voice for better engagement.

Tune in now to learn the game-changing strategy that will save you time and help you grow your podcast more effectively in 2024!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#224 | 3 Podcasting Growth & Monetization Tips From Successful Shows with 10,000+ Monthly Downloads

Mon, 09 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

What separates podcasts stuck at a plateau from those soaring past 10,000 downloads per month?

The answer might surprise you.

If you’ve been struggling to grow your podcast, attract the right audience, or monetize effectively, you’re not alone.

This episode dives into the key habits and strategies used by the pros—insights that can help you overcome common challenges and reach new heights.

Here’s what you’ll gain from this episode:

A game-changing habit that ensures continuous improvement for your show.
A clear framework for identifying and targeting your ideal audience.
Powerful strategies to bounce back stronger after dips in your download numbers.

Hit play now to uncover the proven strategies that top podcasters use to grow and monetize their shows—don’t miss out!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#223 | How To Break Past Slow & Steady Growth When Your Podcast Downloads Have Plateaued (Marketing & Monetization Tips For Podcasting)

Fri, 06 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Is your podcast growth stuck in neutral, and you’re wondering why your downloads have plateaued or even started to dip?

This episode is your ultimate guide to getting your podcast back on the growth track!

Whether it’s the holiday chaos, changes in listener habits, or missed optimization opportunities, we break down the most common causes of stagnant downloads and exactly what you can do to fix them.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn how to stop panicking and start diagnosing your podcast's performance with clarity.

2) Discover how to improve listener retention by optimizing intros and streamlining your content.

3) Find out how to boost organic discovery through podcast SEO and guest appearances on other shows.

Listen now to implement these proven strategies and kickstart your podcast's growth this month!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#222 | How To Move From The Average ‘Slow Lane’ Of Podcast Growth & Monetization To A Fast-Growing, Profitable Show

Wed, 04 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Do you feel like your podcast is stuck in the slow lane—or worse, on the sidewalk—while others zoom ahead to bigger audiences and profits?

Many podcasters pour their heart into creating valuable content, only to see minimal growth and inconsistent monetization.

This episode dives into why traditional strategies keep you stagnant and how you can flip the script to finally achieve rapid growth and profitability.

Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

Why relying on luck and traditional growth methods keeps most podcasters stuck.
The secrets Fast Lane podcasters use to capture existing attention and grow exponentially.
How to implement proven systems to grow your audience and generate consistent revenue.

Don’t wait—hit play now to learn how to switch lanes, grow faster, and turn your podcast into a thriving, profitable platform.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#221 | 3 Ways To Repurpose Your Podcast That Will Make You More Money (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 02 Dec 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered if you’re leaving money on the table by not fully leveraging your podcast content?

In today’s episode, we uncover the strategies successful podcasters are using to repurpose their content into powerful tools for generating revenue and building authority.

If you’re looking to move beyond short-form clips and really monetize your podcast, this is the episode you’ve been waiting for.

By listening to this episode, you’ll discover:

How to integrate your podcast seamlessly into your sales cycle to build trust and shorten the buying process.
The step-by-step method for turning your episodes into high-converting emails that sell your services or products.
A simple way to transform your podcast into a published book that generates passive income and bolsters your authority.

Don’t wait—press play now to learn how to transform your podcast into a revenue-generating machine with actionable strategies you can start using this week!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#220 | Do This 1 Test This Month To Prove You Can Have Faster Podcast Growth Without Doing Any Extra Work Or Publishing New Episodes

Fri, 29 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

What if the key to unlocking more downloads wasn’t creating new content but reusing what you already have?

Podcasters often feel the pressure to constantly create fresh episodes, but this approach can lead to burnout and inconsistent results.

In this episode, we explore a proven method to repurpose your best episodes, saving you time and helping your podcast grow even when you’re not actively producing new content.

Here’s what you’ll learn:

How a podcaster grew their downloads while sipping cocktails on vacation.
Why overthinking your podcast topics might actually hurt listener retention.
A simple three-step strategy to republish your top-performing episodes and get results this week.

Listen now to uncover a time-saving test that could transform how you grow your podcast—starting today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#219 | A Simple Podcast Growth & Monetization Mindset Shift That Will Help You Turn More Listeners Into Clients

Wed, 27 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Is your podcast failing to convert listeners into paying clients?

Discover why the approach you think works might actually be holding you back—and how to fix it.

Many entrepreneurs pour energy into creating podcasts they think their audience will enjoy, only to struggle with monetization.

This episode dives into a mindset shift that can transform your podcast into a consistent client-generating machine, helping you achieve the ROI you’ve been aiming for.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn why catering to a broad audience could be sabotaging your efforts to attract paying clients.

2) Discover the two simple steps to align your podcast with your business and start attracting qualified leads.

3) Gain clarity on how to position your podcast as a trusted authority in your niche to close sales effortlessly.

Start turning your podcast into a high-paying client magnet—listen now to discover the steps you can take today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#218 | A Black Hat Podcasting Strategy For Getting More Reviews (Plus 2 Podcast Growth Marketing Tips)

Mon, 25 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

How can you break through the noise when 44 pitches flood into every podcast daily?

If you’re frustrated by slow podcast growth, struggling to rank on Apple or Spotify, or yearning for more reviews, this episode delivers actionable strategies to transform your efforts into results.

In this episode, you will:

1) Stand Out with Smart Pitches: Learn how to craft guest pitches that get noticed and accepted.

2) Boost Discoverability: Unlock the secret to ranking on page one for your niche.

3) Gain More Reviews: Discover a clever "black hat" strategy to increase your reviews without annoying your audience.

Ready to supercharge your podcast growth?

Hit play now and start applying these game-changing strategies today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#217 | Steal The Lazy Growth Principle That Massive Podcasts Use To Grow, Market & Monetize

Fri, 22 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Why are some podcasts skyrocketing in growth while yours feels stuck?

What if you could replicate the secret used by massive celebrities to achieve explosive growth?

Many podcasters struggle to grow because they’re trying to do it all on their own.

But what if the solution to gaining more listeners and monetizing faster was easier than you thought?

In this episode, discover the “lazy growth principle” that top podcasts use to shortcut their way to success.

In this episode, you will:

Learn how leveraging other people’s audiences can fast-track your podcast growth.
Get a simple, actionable step-by-step process to start guesting on relevant shows.
Find out how to integrate this strategy seamlessly into your weekly workflow for consistent results.

Don’t let your podcast remain unseen—press play now and unlock the proven strategy to grow your audience with ease!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#216 | Does a Podcast Tagline Really Help You Grow & Monetize Your Show? (Podcasting Growth & Marketing Tips)

Wed, 20 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wonder why some podcasts hook you instantly while others leave you scratching your head?

What’s the one sentence that can make all the difference for your podcast’s success?

Your podcast intro is the first impression listeners get—and it’s your tagline that determines if they’ll stick around.

A poorly crafted or absent tagline can confuse listeners, leaving them disengaged and unlikely to return. But a powerful, clear tagline can transform casual visitors into loyal fans.

In today’s episode, we break down why taglines matter and how to create one that resonates with your audience.

Here’s what you’ll discover:

The most common mistakes podcasters make with taglines that drive away new listeners.
Why a lack of context in your intro can silently sabotage your podcast’s growth.
The three essential elements of a magnetic podcast tagline that attracts and retains listeners.

Transform your podcast’s growth trajectory today—hit play now to learn how a simple, clear tagline can make all the difference!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#215 | 3 Marketing Exposure Tactics Any Podcaster Can Use To Blow Up Their Show & Monetize Faster

Mon, 18 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

What if you could double your podcast audience without spending a dime on ads?

Growing a podcast can feel like shouting into the void—but what if you had three proven tactics to guarantee exposure to listeners already looking for content like yours?

Whether you're stuck at slow growth or aiming to hit new milestones, this episode equips you with tools to transform your strategy and accelerate your podcast’s growth.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn how to leverage online communities to attract the right listeners without spamming.

2) Discover the best ways to collaborate with other podcasters and get shout outs to their audiences.

3) Find out how podcast SEO can skyrocket your visibility on platforms like Apple Podcasts and Spotify.

Hit play now to unlock these three game-changing strategies and make this week the turning point for your podcast growth!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#214 | Should You Bother With Short Form Content When Trying To Grow, Market & Monetize Your Podcast?

Fri, 15 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Should you even bother with short-form content to grow your podcast?

If you’re a podcaster wondering whether short-form content can boost your listener base or just add more to your plate, this episode breaks down what works—and what doesn’t—when it comes to snippets, clips, and short-form marketing for podcasts.

This episode will reveal:

Key questions that will help you decide if short-form content is the right fit for your podcast’s growth strategy.
Insights on why big-name podcasts succeed with short-form content (and why the same approach might not work for smaller shows).
A three-part framework for creating short-form content that actually supports listener conversion.

Hit play to hear actionable insights on whether short-form content can fuel your podcast’s growth or simply take up your time.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#213 | How To Grow Your Podcast Faster & Make More Money By Doing Less (Podcaster Marketing & Monetization Hacks)

Wed, 13 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Is your podcast not growing as fast as you'd like, despite all the effort you're putting in?

Many podcasters feel overwhelmed with their endless to-do lists but still struggle with slow growth and minimal returns.

This episode reveals how to identify and double down on the actions that truly impact growth, letting you do less while achieving way more.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

The most common mistake holding back podcast growth and how to avoid it.
A simple, effective shift that can boost your listener base almost immediately.
How to streamline your podcast efforts to maximize growth and profit without increasing your workload.

Listen now to discover how to fast-track your podcast growth by doing less—your time and effort will thank you!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#212 | 3 Simple Ways To Use AI To Boost Your Podcast's Productivity That No One Is Talking About (For Faster Marketing & Monetization)

Mon, 11 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Looking for ways to leverage AI to grow your podcast and make production smoother than ever?

With all the buzz around AI, it can be overwhelming to know which tools actually help grow and streamline your podcast without costing a fortune or lots of time.

This episode covers practical, simple AI tools that help podcasters boost productivity, enhance sound quality, and uncover the content strategies top creators use to engage listeners.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

How to use AI to create show notes that captivate and convert new listeners.
The affordable AI tool that transforms poor audio into studio-quality sound.
Methods to analyze your best episodes and generate new topics that resonate with your audience.

Press play to explore these game-changing AI tools and start elevating your podcast’s success today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#211 | This Stupid Simple Thing Will Help You Stand Out In A Competitive Podcasting Space

Fri, 08 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why some podcasts explode in popularity while others stay stuck in obscurity, even when they're in the same niche?

As a podcast host, you've likely felt the challenge of standing out in an increasingly crowded space.

With thousands of new shows popping up every day and high-profile personalities entering the mix, how can an independent creator make a mark without just copying what's already out there?

In this episode, you will:

Discover the most effective way to differentiate your podcast in a competitive niche.
Learn why mimicking large, successful shows could actually sabotage your growth.
Get a simple, actionable process to make your podcast irresistible to listeners—and keep them coming back for more.

Tune in now to find out how to make your podcast the go-to in your industry, even among the giants!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#210 | Say These 5 Magic Words On Your Podcast To Instantly Double Your Engagement & Growth (Marketing & Monetization Hacks)

Wed, 06 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you ready to unlock the secret words that can instantly double your podcast engagement and growth?

Whether you're struggling with slow growth, low engagement, or audience drop-off, knowing what to say in the first minute of your podcast could transform how your listeners tune in, stay engaged, and act on your calls-to-action.

In this episode, you’ll find out:

1) which specific words boost engagement right away

2) why these words resonate so deeply with listeners

3) and how to build a stronger connection with your audience that leads to more growth and income.

Ready to supercharge your podcast’s potential?

Listen now and discover the words that could change everything.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#209 | 10 Podcast Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips In 5 Minutes

Mon, 04 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you tired of your podcast’s slow growth and looking for quick, actionable tips to boost your audience?

As an entrepreneur with a podcast, you likely face the challenge of expanding your listener base and seeing a positive return on investment.

This episode condenses ten crucial growth strategies into just five minutes, offering you practical steps to enhance your show’s impact immediately.

In this episode, you will:

Discover how to provide immense value in your episodes to attract and retain listeners.
Learn the importance of social media engagement over mere posting to build a loyal audience.
Gain insights on optimizing your podcast’s topics and comparing your show with competitors for continuous improvement.

Tune in now to get these ten rapid-fire tips and start seeing significant growth in your podcast’s audience and engagement!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#208 | The Best Way To Promote a BIG GUEST On Your Podcast Even When They Don’t Share Your Show | Secret Marketing Strategy Revealed

Fri, 01 Nov 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever hosted a major guest on your podcast, only to realize they’re not promoting the episode?

Wondering if there’s a way to leverage their fame without their help?

This episode tackles the frustration of booking high-profile guests who ultimately don’t share your content with their audience.

If you’re looking for a strategy to still benefit from big-name guests, keep listeners engaged, and grow your show’s reach, this episode is for you.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover how to convert fans of your guest into engaged listeners without relying on their promotion.

2) Learn a step-by-step strategy to turn community interest into a podcast audience.

3) Find out how to track engagement and assess the effectiveness of this strategy for your podcast.

Don’t miss this playbook for leveraging big guests to grow your podcast.

Press play to learn the secrets of getting the most from a high-profile interview!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#207 | The Silly Mistake Podcasters Make That LOSES Listeners Every Episode (How To Avoid For Faster Growth & Monetization)

Wed, 30 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wonder why listeners aren't sticking around to hear what you have to say?

In this episode, you’ll learn how a common oversight may be costing you listeners and potential revenue—and it's a mistake that can be fixed in minutes.

Whether you're struggling to grow your audience or you’re tired of seeing listeners tune out early, understanding this core issue will help you keep them engaged from start to finish.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover the secret to capturing your listeners' attention from the first sentence.

2) Learn how to make your podcast intros more engaging to keep your audience tuned in.

3) Find out how avoiding one simple mistake could directly boost your podcast's profitability.

Hit play to uncover the strategy that will keep your listeners engaged and coming back for more!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#206 | 3 Reasons Your Podcast Isn’t Monetizing & How To Fix Them (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 28 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Is your podcast failing to generate revenue as fast as you'd hoped?

Could you be making one of these three common mistakes that's stalling your monetization efforts?

If you're struggling to monetize your podcast, you're not alone.

Whether you're a seasoned host or just starting, understanding why your listeners aren't turning into paying customers is key to your podcast's financial success.

This episode uncovers why guessing what your audience wants, not promoting your offer enough, or misaligning your podcast's message with your business could be holding you back.

By tuning in, you will:

Learn how to stop guessing and start offering exactly what your audience wants.
Discover easy ways to talk about your services naturally without sounding salesy.
Ensure your podcast aligns with your business to attract the right listeners and convert them into clients.

Listen now and discover the quick fixes you can apply today to start turning your podcast into a revenue-generating machine!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#205 | How This Podcast Went From 600 to 7000 Monthly Downloads In 6 months Without Social Media Or High Profile Guests

Fri, 25 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

What if the only thing standing between your podcast and explosive growth were a few small, strategic tweaks?

Many podcasters, like you, feel stuck with slow growth, pouring in time and effort without seeing the results they deserve.

This episode breaks down how one podcaster turned her stagnant show with 600 downloads a month into a booming 7,000 downloads in just six months—without relying on social media or high-profile guests.

If you’re tired of spinning your wheels, these proven changes could unlock your show’s true potential.

In this episode, you will:

Learn how optimizing your podcast SEO can make your show easy to find and boost organic growth.
Discover the power of creating engaging intros to keep listeners hooked from start to finish.
Get actionable tips on refreshing your podcast’s branding to stand out in crowded directories like Apple and Spotify.

Don’t miss out on these simple yet powerful changes—hit play now and learn how to take your podcast from slow growth to a thriving, engaged audience!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#204 | When's The Right Time To Start Monetizing Your Podcast? (Podcaster Growth Marketing Tips)

Wed, 23 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you been struggling to monetize your podcast, thinking sponsors and ads are the only way?

What if those "traditional" methods are actually holding you back?

Many podcasters face slow growth and little revenue because they believe myths about what it takes to make money.

This episode breaks down the biggest mistakes podcasters make in monetization and offers proven strategies to generate income without a massive audience.

If you're tired of waiting for your podcast to take off, this is the episode that will change your approach.

In this episode, you will:

Discover how to start making money from your podcast, even with a small audience.
Learn why sponsors and ads aren't always the most profitable path.
Get actionable steps to monetize your show faster by selling directly to your listeners.

Don't miss out on this opportunity to shift your podcast strategy and boost your income—listen to this episode now to unlock the secrets to real podcast monetization!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#203 | The 3 Myths About Podcast Monetization You Should Avoid If You Want A Profitable Show With Faster Growth

Mon, 21 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you still chasing thousands of downloads and big sponsors to monetize your podcast?

What if the real key to podcast profit isn’t what you think?

Many podcasters believe that massive audiences and sponsorship deals are the only way to make real money from their show.

But what if you're missing out on easier, more profitable strategies that don't require a huge following?

In this episode, we expose the myths that hold podcasters back and share the real approaches that turn small audiences into significant income.

In this episode, you will:

Learn why you don’t need a massive audience to start making serious money.
Discover why relying on sponsors and ads might be hurting your podcast's potential.
Uncover the best ways to monetize directly from your audience without losing them in the process.

Ready to bust the myths and start making real money from your podcast?

Tune in now to learn the strategies that could boost your podcast profits today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#202 | 3 Episode Title Hacks For Faster Growth That No One Is Talking About (Podcast Marketing Secrets)

Fri, 18 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Is your podcast struggling to attract listeners despite great content?

What if a few simple changes to your episode titles could skyrocket your downloads?

In today's crowded podcast space, standing out is harder than ever.

If you're finding it difficult to grow your show or keep listeners engaged, your episode titles might be the hidden reason why.

This episode provides actionable strategies to optimize your titles and turn them into powerful growth drivers.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

How to craft ultra-specific episode titles that instantly capture attention.
The key to leveraging audience pain points for more downloads and engagement.
A method to recycle your best-performing episodes for maximum impact.

Ready to boost your podcast's growth?

Hit play and start implementing these title hacks to see real results!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#201 | How To Use This Simple Law Of Physics To Force Your Podcast To Grow (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Wed, 16 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

What if the secret to growing your podcast wasn't about gaining more listeners, but instead mastering the science of cause and effect?

In today's crowded podcasting space, many creators feel stuck—releasing episodes without seeing real growth.

What if the key to breaking this cycle isn't about chasing listeners but shifting how you approach your daily actions?

This episode explores how applying physics principles can help you focus on the right inputs, leading to measurable growth in your podcast.

In this episode, you will learn:

Why obsessing over getting more listeners is actually holding you back.
How adjusting your inputs can predictably lead to more impactful growth.
A mindset shift that will empower you to take control of your podcast's success.

Don’t miss out—hit play now to discover the science behind forcing growth for your podcast!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#200 | How To Work With Anthony & Taig To Grow Your Podcast

Mon, 14 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you tired of your podcast not growing as fast as you'd like, even though you're putting in the work?

If you're an entrepreneur struggling to increase your podcast’s audience and revenue, you might think the solution lies in social media promotion, getting high-profile guests, or hoping for word-of-mouth referrals.

But what if the real solution involves none of these strategies?

This episode reveals a proven, four-step system designed to grow and monetize your podcast without relying on these traditional methods.

In this episode, you will:

Discover how to develop a Unique Selling Point (USP) that makes your podcast stand out in your niche and attracts the right listeners.
Learn how to create a demand-based content strategy that ensures your audience keeps coming back for more.
Unlock the secrets to ranking higher on Apple and Spotify with podcast SEO, so new listeners can easily find your show organically.

Ready to skyrocket your podcast growth and monetize your show without the usual struggle?

Click to listen now and learn the exact steps you can take to transform your podcast into a high-growth, profit-making platform!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#199 | The 3 Ingredients You Need To Host The Perfect Solo Episode Every Time (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 11 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever struggled to create solo podcast episodes that truly captivate your audience?

If you're feeling like your solo episodes aren’t delivering the impact you'd hoped for—whether it’s audience engagement or driving sales—you’re not alone.

This episode breaks down exactly how to master the art of solo podcasting to create episodes that resonate and convert.

In this episode, you will:

Learn the three essential ingredients that will make your solo episodes engaging every time.
Discover how sharing the right stories can deepen your audience connection.
Find out why being more of yourself helps you build a loyal listener base.

Tune in now to transform your solo episodes into powerful tools for growth and engagement!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#198 | Should You Sell Your Soul To The Podcast Algorithm For Guaranteed Downloads & Faster Growth?

Wed, 09 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered if you should play the podcast algorithm’s game or stick to your creative guns?

What if there was a way to boost your downloads without feeling like you’ve sold out?

As podcasters, we often feel torn between creating content we’re passionate about and producing episodes that cater to what the algorithm loves.

This episode dives into how you can master the balance of growing your podcast while staying true to your vision.

In this episode, you'll discover:

1) How to cover trending topics without losing your creative control

2) Explore the pros and cons of aligning with the algorithm

3) Learn tangible strategies to help your podcast go viral on Apple and Spotify.

Press play now to unlock the secrets of skyrocketing your podcast's growth without compromising your authenticity!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#197 | Make This Easy Change Today To Double Your Listener Engagement (And 2 Bonus Podcast Growth & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 07 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to keep listeners hooked all the way through your podcast episodes?

Want to know the secret to doubling your engagement without doing double the work?

In this episode of Why Your Podcast Isn’t Growing, we dive into a common problem that podcasters face: keeping listeners engaged from start to finish.

With busy lives and endless distractions, it's crucial to understand how to hold your audience's attention and grow your podcast without burning out.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn a simple, actionable tip to track and improve listener retention so they stick around until the end.

2) Discover the lazy strategy that lets you grow your podcast faster while doing less work, perfect for those feeling overwhelmed.

3) Uncover the #1 podcast growth hack for 2024 that will bring in more listeners without having to rely on social media.

Don’t miss out—press play now to find out how to grow your podcast faster with less effort, and start seeing results today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#196 | Everything You Need To Know About Podcast SEO Marketing & Ranking Your Podcast Higher On Apple & Spotify

Fri, 04 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to rank your podcast on Apple and Spotify, despite pouring hours into content creation?

Want to know why just focusing on keywords won’t guarantee growth?

In today’s episode, we dive deep into podcast SEO—the secret to making your show discoverable and clickable.

If you’ve been frustrated by slow growth and a lack of listener engagement, this episode is for you. Whether you’re a seasoned podcaster or just starting out, understanding these strategies will help you turn casual browsers into loyal listeners.

In this episode, you will:

Learn the three critical factors that influence podcast rankings on Apple and Spotify.
Discover the biggest SEO mistakes podcasters make that cost them new listeners.
Uncover why relying solely on keywords won’t grow your show and what you need to focus on instead.

Start boosting your podcast visibility today by listening to this episode—your growth strategy could change in just 30 minutes!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#195 | Fix This One Thing To Solve Your Podcast Growth Marketing & Monetization Issues Forever!

Wed, 02 Oct 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why, despite pouring your heart into your podcast, bringing on big-name guests, and promoting like crazy on social media, your show still isn't growing?

If you're stuck in a cycle of slow or stagnant podcast growth, you're not alone.

Many podcasters face the same frustrating problem: despite great content and constant effort, their audience just isn’t growing.

This episode reveals the single, often-overlooked reason why most podcasts fail to thrive—and how fixing this one thing can transform your show into a powerful growth engine.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover why relying on big guests and social media promotion might not be helping your podcast grow.

2) Learn the one critical shift that can accelerate both your audience growth and monetization.

3) Gain insight into creating a hyper-relevant podcast that not only attracts the right listeners but keeps them coming back for more.

Ready to fix the root cause of your podcast's slow growth and start seeing real results?

Tune in now and learn how to make your show the go-to resource for your ideal audience!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#194 | 3 Things You Should Stop Wasting Time On For Faster Growth In Podcasting

Mon, 30 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you wasting precious time on tasks that aren’t driving your podcast growth?

If you're a podcaster juggling a hundred tasks every week but seeing little growth, this episode is for you.

We break down three specific things you should stop doing immediately to save time and accelerate your podcast's success.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover why creating episode-specific cover art is slowing you down and how simplifying can help you grow faster.

2) Learn why putting guest names in your episode titles may be costing you listeners—and what to do instead.

3) Find out why a separate podcast website could be an unnecessary distraction that holds back your show's potential.

Tune in now to reclaim your time and focus on what really matters for faster podcast growth!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#193 | 3 Simple Changes To Get More Podcast Listeners From Your Show Notes (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 27 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are your podcast show notes costing you potential listeners?

If you’re struggling to turn casual browsers into loyal listeners, this episode is a game-changer for you.

Many podcasters overlook the power of well-crafted show notes, leading to stagnant growth despite great content.

In this episode, we’ll teach you how to transform your show notes into a listener-attracting machine without adding extra work to your plate.

In this episode, you will:

Learn how to create a compelling hook that grabs attention and keeps readers engaged.
Discover why focusing on the value your guest offers—rather than their credentials—will drive more listens.
Use a simple SEO hack to help your podcast rank higher on Apple and Spotify, so you’re found by new listeners more easily.

Ready to boost your podcast’s listener count?

Hit play now to discover three simple show note tweaks that can grow your audience fast!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#192 | Why Niching Down Isn’t Going To Help You Grow, Market OR Monetize Your Podcast!

Wed, 25 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you niched down your podcast but still aren't seeing the growth you expected?

Many podcasters are told that niching down is the key to growing a loyal audience, but what if your show still struggles to gain traction?

This episode reveals why simply narrowing your focus isn’t enough and how to address the deeper layers that impact listener engagement.

In this episode, you will:

Discover the common mistakes podcasters make when niching down that can harm growth.
Learn how to tailor your content to keep your audience hooked and coming back.
Gain actionable insights on how to make your podcast binge-worthy by identifying and solving the right problems for your listeners.

Listen now to uncover the three layers of niching down that will finally get your podcast the consistent growth it deserves!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#191 | Why Podcast Teasers Are A Bad Idea (And 2 Bonus Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 23 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered why your podcast isn’t growing as fast as you'd like, despite all your efforts?

Could a simple tweak in your approach unlock faster growth?

If you're an entrepreneur with a podcast and you've been trying to capture attention through teaser clips, this episode reveals why that might actually be holding you back—and offers a more effective solution.

In a world where standing out is key, you need strategies that truly drive listener engagement and retention.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

1) How to package your content in a way that grabs attention and keeps listeners hooked.

2) Why investing in professional cover art is crucial for standing out in crowded categories on Apple and Spotify.

3) A simple, time-saving alternative to teaser clips that will boost listener retention and enhance your podcast's growth.

Press play now to discover these expert tips and take the first step toward faster podcast growth today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#190 | 4 Proven Collaboration Strategies To Quickly Grow Your Podcast (Podcast Growth & Marketing Strategies For Entrepreneurs)

Fri, 20 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Want to know how to rapidly grow your podcast in 2024 without relying solely on social media?

As a podcaster, you're probably wondering how to overcome slow growth and tap into a wider audience.

This episode breaks down actionable strategies to put your show in front of listeners who are primed to tune in—without adding more to your already packed schedule.

In this episode, you will:

Learn how podcast guesting can become your shortcut to massive exposure.
Discover how to turn guesting rejections into sponsorship opportunities.
Uncover time-saving strategies to promote your podcast without being interviewed.

Tune in now to discover four proven collaboration strategies that will skyrocket your podcast growth in 2024!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#189 | How To Fertilize Your Podcast To Make It Easier For New Listeners To Become Fans

Wed, 18 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to turn curious listeners into loyal fans?

Wondering why your podcast isn't growing as fast as you'd like?

Many podcasters face the challenge of getting new listeners to stick.

You’ve worked hard on your content, but if you’re losing potential listeners before they even hit play, something is off.

This episode is all about tackling those roadblocks and making sure every aspect of your podcast grabs attention, engages listeners, and keeps them coming back for more.

In this episode, you will:

1) The six key aspects of your podcast that potential listeners evaluate before deciding to listen.

2) A mindset shift that will help you design your podcast with your listener's needs in mind, making it easier to convert them into fans.

3) A surprising analogy that connects your listener’s journey to the process of fertilization, and how understanding this can help you grow your show.

Welcome to Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing—the show that helps entrepreneurs with slow-growth podcasts transform them into rapidly growing, positive ROI shows.

Join hosts Anthony and Taig as they explore how to turn casual listeners into dedicated followers.

Listen now to discover how to remove the hidden hurdles that are stopping your podcast from growing—your future fans are waiting!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#188 | New show format

Mon, 16 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

New Format Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing Is Changing: UPDATE EPISODE

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#187 | 3 Reasons You Should Quit Your Podcast (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 13 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wonder if it's time to quit your podcast?

Before you make that decision, let’s uncover the real reasons why some podcasts struggle to grow.

If you're frustrated by slow growth or feeling like your podcast isn't delivering the results you expected, this episode dives deep into the common traps podcasters fall into.

It’s all about setting the right expectations and knowing when quitting might actually be the best move.

In this episode, you'll discover:

Why relying on your podcast as a quick money-maker can lead to burnout and failure.
The key mindset shift to create a binge-worthy show that listeners love.
How long it realistically takes to build a thriving podcast that generates meaningful results.

Ready to learn if it's time to keep pushing forward or pivot?

Hit play now and gain clarity on whether you should stay the course with your podcast or move on.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#186 | 2 Warning Signs You Need To Switch Podcast Hosting Platforms Today For Easier Marketing & Growth!

Wed, 11 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to understand basic analytics on your podcast hosting platform or finding it hard to track your show’s growth?

You might be missing critical signs that it's time for a change.

Many podcasters unknowingly stick with hosting platforms that are holding them back, resulting in slow growth and missed opportunities.

In this episode, you'll discover how switching to a better platform can make your analytics clearer and help you focus on what truly grows your show.

In this episode, you will also:

Learn the two biggest red flags that signal it's time to switch hosting platforms.
Discover key analytics that help track the effectiveness of your promotions and audience engagement.
Avoid costly upsells and get tips on what to look for in a top-performing hosting platform.

Hit play to find out if your podcast hosting platform is limiting your potential—and learn which platform we recommend for explosive growth!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#185 | 40,000 Downloads a Month But It Almost never Happened - How Blake Quit His 9-5 & Grow a Profitable Podcast Business

Mon, 09 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

What you can learn from Blake who grew his guitar podcast from a simple start on a hillside in Portland to over 40,000 monthly downloads...

Discover the secrets behind his success and the lessons you can apply to your own podcast!

If you're frustrated with your podcast's slow growth and want to turn it into a fully monetized show with a loyal listener base, this episode is for you.

Blake shares his journey from podcasting as a side project to making it a full-time gig.

Learn how he overcame common obstacles and found success by leveraging guests, refining his craft, and sticking it out through the challenges.

In this episode you will discover:

How to leverage other people’s audiences to skyrocket your podcast downloads and build a wider listener base.
How refining your interview skills and focusing on delivering high-quality content can keep listeners coming back.
Why consistency and persistence are key to long-term podcast success, even when the going gets tough.

Ready to take your podcast to the next level? Click play now to hear Blake’s insights and discover how to grow your podcast to 40,000+ monthly downloads!

Get More Listeners Recommendations:

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics?

Try Captivate: Get a FREE 7-day Trial Here.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#184 | Why Growing Your Podcast Won’t Make You More Money Until You Fix This Common Monetization Mistake

Fri, 06 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why your podcast isn’t bringing in the money, even though your audience is growing?

What if the size of your audience isn't the real problem?

In today’s episode, we’re diving deep into a common mistake that keeps podcasters from monetizing effectively, even with thousands of downloads.

If you’ve been struggling to turn listeners into paying customers, this episode could hold the key to solving that problem.

In this episode, you will:

Discover why even a podcast with tens of thousands of downloads can fail to generate significant income.
Learn the most effective strategy to get your listeners into "buying mode" and why traditional selling methods might be holding you back.
Understand how to use your email list to convert more listeners into customers and increase your podcast’s ROI.

Don’t miss out on this game-changing advice—listen to the episode now and start monetizing your podcast the right way!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#183 | Apply These Simple Changes To Make Your Podcast Content More Bingeable & Make Marketing Easier

Wed, 04 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to keep your podcast listeners coming back for more, despite delivering great content?

In this episode, we'll dive into a simple tweak that could be the reason listeners aren’t bingeing your episodes.

Discover how a quick change to your intro and outro could significantly improve listener retention and make your podcast more engaging.

If you’re looking to grow your podcast without the constant hustle of finding new listeners, this episode is for you.

In this episode, you will:

Learn the critical mistake most podcasters make in their intros that causes listeners to drop off early.
Discover a straightforward framework to make your podcast episodes more bingeable.
Understand how a well-crafted outro can reinforce your content’s value and keep your audience coming back for more.

Hit play now to unlock the secrets to making your podcast episodes irresistible and boosting listener retention with minimal effort.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#182 | The Hidden Cost Of Not Having A Clear Unique Value Proposition For Marketing Your Podcast (Roast The Show)

Mon, 02 Sep 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you trying to serve multiple audiences with your podcast but struggling to grow?

Discover how narrowing your focus can skyrocket your success!

Many podcasters face the challenge of targeting the right audience, balancing their content, and achieving consistent growth.

This episode dives deep into a live coaching session with Tiffany, where we explore the pitfalls of serving multiple avatars and how a clear focus can transform your podcast’s reach and engagement.

In this episode you will discover:

Why specificity is crucial for attracting and retaining the right audience for your podcast.
The importance of a unique value proposition and how it can set your podcast apart in a crowded market.
Discover practical steps to position your podcast as the go-to resource for a highly targeted audience, increasing engagement and growth.

Are you ready to elevate your podcast and reach the audience you’re best equipped to serve?

Click play now and unlock the secrets to a focused, high-growth podcast strategy!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#181 | 3 Alternative Ways To Easily Grow Your Podcasting Audience & Listenership Using Social Media Without Promoting

Fri, 30 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you tired of posting endlessly on social media without seeing any real growth in your podcast's listenership?

Many podcasters struggle to grow their audience despite consistent social media promotion.

If you’re frustrated by the lack of results from your current tactics, this episode dives into innovative strategies that go beyond traditional promotion, offering fresh alternatives to attract listeners.

In this episode, you will:

Discover how to tap into existing online communities to organically grow your podcast.
Learn the power of personalized, permission-based outreach to engage your followers without spamming.
Explore the potential of buying or sponsoring niche Facebook groups to instantly expand your reach.

Ready to break free from the endless cycle of social media promotion?

Hit play now to unlock new strategies that can skyrocket your podcast's growth.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#180 |The Sad Truth About Why So Many Podcasters Fail (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Wed, 28 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wonder why so many podcasts, despite the effort and passion behind them, never seem to take off?

What if your mindset is the very thing holding your show back?

This episode uncovers the harsh realities that lead most podcasters to quit within their first few years.

If your podcast isn't growing, the problem might not be your content but your expectations, strategy, and perseverance.

Listen to this episode now, to:

1) Discover how to set realistic expectations that keep you motivated.

2) Learn the importance of stepping back to strategize for growth.

3) Find out how to reignite your passion to ensure your podcast thrives.

Don’t let your podcast dreams fizzle out—tune in now and transform your mindset to start seeing the growth you deserve!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#179 | How Adam Adams Grew to 30,000 Monthly Downloads and $30k/Month Revenue Then SOLD A Podcast!

Mon, 26 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered why your podcast isn't growing as fast as you'd like?

Are you struggling to gain thousands of new highly engaged listeners?

Stay tuned as Adam Adams, a successful podcaster with tens of thousands of listeners, spills on the strategies, failures, and mindset needed to fast-track your podcast's growth.

In today's episode, Adam Adams, the host of the Podcast on Podcasting, shares invaluable insights on how he grew his audience and monetized his show, reaching an impressive 30,000 downloads per month.

If you're a coach, expert, business owner, or aspiring full-time podcaster, you'll discover the key steps to overcome the common challenges and propel your podcast to new heights.

And even more on this episode you will discover:

The untapped opportunities of running a successful podcast, such as networking with significant players in your niche and accessing platforms built by others.
The art of effective podcast monetisation, including the three common ways (CPM model, sponsorships, and selling your product or service) with real-world examples.
The five crucial questions every podcaster should answer, from the perfect time to quit your job and go full-time with your podcast to practical tips on reaching 10,000 downloads per month through marketing strategies.

Ready to find out the details you need on how to faster growth and monetisation?

If so, scroll up and press play.

Every other Monday, a successful podcaster with tens of thousands of listeners and a fully monetized show will leave you a 5-10 minute voice note sharing their stories, strategies, failures & the mindset needed to grow a successful show.

Find more on Adam Adams Here:

Current Show Name: The Podcast On Podcasting

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#178 | 3 Podcasting Growth Marketing Lessons You Can Learn From Our Biggest Failures In The Last 6 Months

Fri, 23 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why your podcast isn’t growing as fast as you'd like?

What if the key to accelerating your growth lies in avoiding just a few common mistakes?

In this episode, we dive deep into the challenges that hold podcasters back, sharing the hard lessons we've learned from our own experiences.

If you're tired of seeing slow growth despite all your efforts, this episode is for you.

In this episode, you will:

1) Uncover how to break free from the stress of playing catch-up.

2) Master the art of crafting titles that attract more listeners

3) Learn the powerful principle that could skyrocket your podcast’s growth in just a matter of days.

Tune in now to transform these pitfalls into stepping stones for your podcast's success!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#177 | 5 Traits Of Highly Successful & Profitable Podcast Hosts Getting 100k+ Monthly Downloads (Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Wed, 21 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered why some podcasts seem to skyrocket in popularity while others struggle to gain traction?

If you’ve been feeling stuck or frustrated with your podcast’s growth, this episode dives deep into the traits that separate the top 1% of podcast hosts from the rest.

Whether you’re looking to boost your listener base or turn your show into a profitable venture, these insights could be the game-changer you’ve been waiting for.

In this episode, you will uncover:

The crucial mindset shift that keeps top podcasters thriving, even during tough times.
A surprising strategy that might just be the missing link to your podcast’s success.
A key habit of successful hosts that could revolutionize your approach to growing your show.

Don’t miss out on these invaluable tips—hit play now and start transforming your podcast into a success story today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#175 | Why Leaning Into Your Weirdness Will Help You Grow Your Podcast (Roast The Show)

Mon, 19 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why some podcasts explode in popularity while others struggle to gain traction?

If you're frustrated with slow growth, low engagement, and feeling stuck on how to attract and keep listeners, this episode is for you.

Discover why leaning into your unique quirks and even creating an alter ego might be the game-changer your podcast needs.

In this episode, you will;

1) Learn how developing an alter ego can help you break out of your comfort zone to reach new listeners.

2) Discover how to overcome the fear of judgment that holds you back from fully embracing your podcasting potential.

3) Find out why embracing your "weirdness" could be the key to growing, monetizing, and truly standing out in a crowded podcast market.

Don’t miss out—tune in now to learn how to transform your podcast into a must-listen experience that keeps your audience coming back for more!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#175 | 10 Podcasting Growth Tips For Audience Growth, Engagement & Monetization

Fri, 16 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to grow your podcast and wondering why it's not gaining traction despite your hard work?

Many podcasters face the frustrating challenge of slow growth, unclear audience engagement, and minimal returns on their investment.

If you're an entrepreneur looking to transform your podcast into a thriving, profitable show, this episode delivers actionable strategies that could be the game-changer you need.

In this episode, you will:

Learn how to effectively engage your audience, even if it's small, and get valuable feedback that drives growth.
Discover practical tips for maintaining consistency and visibility, ensuring your podcast reaches and resonates with your target audience.
Find out how to strategically partner with others in your niche to expand your reach and attract the right listeners.

Don't wait to see your podcast take off—tune in now to unlock the tips and tactics that can help you grow your audience, boost engagement, and increase your podcast revenue!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#174 | How Important Are Newsletters For Growing & Monetizing Your Podcast?

Wed, 14 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you making the biggest mistake that could be holding back your podcast’s growth?

If your podcast isn't seeing the growth or revenue you’d hoped for, the problem might lie in an overlooked tool: your newsletter.

Understanding the psychology behind why people respond differently to emails than to podcasts could be the game-changer your show needs.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

1) The number one mistake podcasters make with newsletters and email marketing

2) Learn how to create emails that not only engage but also convert, and understand how a strong email strategy can boost your podcast’s audience and revenue.

Ready to take your podcast growth to the next level?

Hit play now to uncover the secret weapon that could transform your show!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#173 | How Raven Grew Her Podcast To 30,000 Monthly Downloads (Marketing & Monetization Secrets)

Mon, 12 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Raven, host of Empath and The Narcissist, shares how she went from struggling to grow to turning her podcast into an experiment and going all in on a rebrand led to her growing to 30,000 monthly/downloads.

Raven shares the mindset you have to adopt if you want to fast-track slow and steady growth as well as actionable change you can start making to your show TODAY to increase your discoverability.

Host Name: Raven Scott

Show Name: Empath and The Narcissist

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 30,000 monthly/downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Self Improvement, Relationships & Spirituality

Global Ranking: Top 1.5%

You can find Raven's show here.

Every Monday, a successful podcaster with tens of thousands of listeners and a fully monetized show will leave you a 5-10 minute voice note sharing their stories, strategies, failures & the mindset needed to grow a successful show.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#172 | 10 MORE Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips In 5 Minutes Part 2

Fri, 09 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Struggling to boost your podcast’s growth and engagement?

Ready for ten more quick and effective tips to transform your show?

As a podcaster, you understand the challenge of expanding your listener base and achieving a positive ROI.

This episode provides you with ten additional strategies, delivered in just five minutes, to help you overcome these hurdles and see substantial growth.

In this episode, you will:

Learn the importance of starting each episode with a strong hook to keep your listeners engaged from start to finish.
Discover how to effectively use show notes to attract listeners by highlighting the benefits they will gain from each episode.
Understand how sharing personal stories and case studies can build trust and illustrate your expertise, thereby enhancing audience connection and retention.

Don’t miss out on these valuable tips—tune in now and take your podcast to the next level with proven growth strategies!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#171 | 10 Podcast Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips In 5 Minutes

Wed, 07 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you tired of your podcast’s slow growth and looking for quick, actionable tips to boost your audience?

As an entrepreneur with a podcast, you likely face the challenge of expanding your listener base and seeing a positive return on investment.

This episode condenses ten crucial growth strategies into just five minutes, offering you practical steps to enhance your show’s impact immediately.

In this episode, you will:

Discover how to provide immense value in your episodes to attract and retain listeners.
Learn the importance of social media engagement over mere posting to build a loyal audience.
Gain insights on optimizing your podcast’s topics and comparing your show with competitors for continuous improvement.

Tune in now to get these ten rapid-fire tips and start seeing significant growth in your podcast’s audience and engagement!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#170 | Why You Need To Be Intentional About Your Podcast Growth Strategy & How To Know If It's Working Or NOT (Roast The Show)

Mon, 05 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered why your podcast growth has plateaued or even declined?

In this episode, we dive deep into a live podcast audit with John and Kyle from the Making Math Moments That Matter podcast. You'll learn essential strategies to identify and overcome stagnation in your podcast growth and discover how to be intentional about your growth strategy.

Here's what you'll discover:

The importance of intentional guest selection to maximize audience engagement.
How to create and test effective podcast marketing strategies to reach new listeners.
Actionable steps to continuously improve your podcast and prevent stagnation.

Don’t let your podcast plateau—hit play now to learn how to elevate your growth strategy and reach new heights in your podcast journey!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#169 | Steal This Psychological Marketing Framework To Persuade Your Podcast Audience to Take Instant Action So You Can Monetize

Fri, 02 Aug 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are your podcast calls to action falling flat and not converting listeners into engaged customers?

If you’ve struggled to get your listeners to take action—whether it’s signing up for your email list, booking a call, or buying your product—this episode is for you.

We delve into a proven psychological framework that transforms your CTAs from ineffective to irresistible.

In this episode, you will:

Understand the PASS framework to craft compelling calls to action that drive results.
Learn how to identify and agitate your audience’s problems to make your solutions more appealing.
Gain practical examples and a step-by-step exercise to create your own persuasive CTAs.

Play this episode now to master the art of creating persuasive CTAs and start seeing real results from your podcast!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#168 | Use These 4 Key Elements To Create a Killer CTA That Gets Your Listeners Taking Action So You Can Monetize

Wed, 31 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to get your podcast audience to take action, no matter how great your marketing and branding are?

In today's episode, we'll uncover why perfect marketing and brand awareness still won't help you grow your podcast and where you should focus your efforts instead.

If you've been frustrated by a lack of listener engagement, this episode offers solutions you won't want to miss.

In this episode, you will:

Learn the secret to crafting a call to action so compelling that your listeners will feel almost obligated to respond.
Discover how to structure your calls to action to avoid common pitfalls that lead to listener confusion and inaction.
Gain practical tips for making your podcast calls to action highly personalized and value-packed, ensuring they stand out and convert.

Don't miss out on transforming your podcast growth strategy—listen to this episode now to discover the techniques that will revolutionize your listener engagement!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#167 | How Brian Keene Grew His Podcast to 100k Monthly Downloads (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 29 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

If you're a podcaster struggling to grow your audience or a business owner looking to leverage podcasting for your brand, this episode offers actionable insights from someone who has successfully navigated the journey from zero to a million downloads.

Brian Keane, host of "Brian Keane Fitness" shares his remarkable story and practical advice on how to overcome common pitfalls and achieve sustained podcast growth.

Show Name: The Brian Keane Podcast

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 100,000 monthly/downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Health & Fitness

Global Ranking: Top 0.5%

You can find Brian's podcast here

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#166 | How To Get 30 Five-Star Reviews For Your Podcast In The Next 30 Days (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 26 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered how some podcasts effortlessly accumulate glowing five-star reviews while yours struggles to get noticed?

In today's podcasting world, reviews are crucial for social proof and visibility, yet many podcasters struggle to get them.

This episode dives into proven strategies that can help you quickly garner 30 more five-star reviews, turning your slow-growth podcast into a thriving one.

In this episode, you will:

Learn the most efficient ways to ask for reviews from your network, ensuring you get results without feeling awkward or pushy.
Discover how to leverage your existing audience and guests to boost your podcast's credibility and visibility.
Get actionable tips on tracking and following up on review requests to maximize the number of five-star reviews you receive.

Tune in now to master these insider techniques and transform your podcast's review game—press play and start seeing results today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#165 | Is Podcast Growth Summer Slump A Real Thing? Podcast Marketing Strategies For Summer

Wed, 24 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered if the so-called "podcast growth summer slump" is real or just a myth?

This episode dives deep into a common issue podcasters face during the summer months: a noticeable dip in growth and listener engagement.

If you've seen your podcast's numbers stagnate or decline during the summer, this episode provides actionable insights to help you turn things around and maintain momentum.

In this episode, you will:

Learn the truth behind the podcast growth summer slump and whether it truly affects your show.
Discover practical strategies to make your content more relevant and engaging during the summer months.
Find out how to leverage email marketing to keep your audience engaged even when they're not tuning into their podcast apps as frequently.

Don't let the summer slump slow you down—play this episode now to uncover how you can keep your podcast growing all year round!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#164 | Is Lack of Specificity Hurting Your Podcast Growth & Monetization? (Roast The Show)

Mon, 22 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to clarify your podcast's target audience and boost engagement?

Discover how focusing on a specific niche can transform your podcast’s growth and success!

In this episode, we dive into the common challenges faced by podcasters trying to appeal to multiple audiences. We’ll explore practical strategies to refine your focus and ensure your content speaks directly to your ideal listeners, enhancing both engagement and monetization.

In this episode you will discover:

How to pinpoint and clearly define your podcast’s target audience for maximum impact.
The benefits of creating content tailored to a specific niche to boost listener retention and loyalty.
The powerful link between a focused podcast and increased opportunities for monetization and audience engagement.

Ready to transform your podcast by targeting the right audience? Click play now to learn how to refine your focus and create a show that resonates deeply with your ideal listeners!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#163 | Podcast SEO Myths To Avoid If You Want Faster Growth & Monetization (SEO Marketing Strategies)

Fri, 19 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ready to break down and demystify podcast SEO?

In this rapidly evolving podcasting world, it's vital to stay ahead of misconceptions that can hinder your growth.

This episode is dedicated to shattering myths about podcast SEO and aligning your strategy with what truly works.

In this episode you will discover:

The reality behind common myths that hold podcasters back when it comes to podcast SEO
How podcast SEO isn't as complicated as it seems
Why simply adding keywords to titles isn’t enough to rank your podcast higher on Apple & Spotify.

So if you're ready to dive deeper into the world of podcast SEO, if you want to understand where most podcaster go wrong and how to avoid these mistakes scroll up and press play.

Want to get your podcast roasted/get free personalized 1-1 coaching by Anthony and Taig?

Go to:

https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

Recommended Resources:

# 23 | What Is Podcast SEO? How Can You Use It To Rank Higher On Apple & Spotify (Intro To Podcast SEO Part 1)

#26 | How To Increase Your Podcasts Discoverability On Apple & Spotify (Podcast SEO Part 2)

#29 | The 3 Things You Need To Focus On To Increase Your Visibility on Apple & Spotify (Podcast SEO Part 3)

#32 | 5 Common Mistakes That Could Be Hurting Your Podcast Engagement (Podcast SEO Part 4)

#35 | How To Establish Your Expertise, Increase Relevancy & Build Your Podcast's Authority (SEO Part 5)

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#162 | Why More Hard Work & Consistency Won’t Help You Grow Your Podcast Audience Or Monetize

Wed, 17 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you pouring endless hours into your podcast without seeing the growth you expected?

Many podcasters believe that hard work and consistency are the keys to success, yet their audience remains stagnant.

This episode dives into why these qualities alone aren't enough to grow your show and what you might be missing in your strategy.

In this episode, you will:

Discover why relentless hard work and consistency might be sabotaging your podcast growth.
Learn to identify the right actions that lead to a positive feedback loop for audience engagement.
Gain insights on how to strategically evaluate and refine your podcasting approach for better results.

Tune in to this episode now and transform your podcast growth strategy by leveraging the right tactics, not just hard work and consistency!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#161 | Podcasting Millionaire Jim Shares Podcast Marketing & Monetization Lessons

Mon, 15 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Jim Cockrum, host of "Silent Sales Machine," shares his remarkable story and practical advice on how to overcome common pitfalls and achieve sustained podcast growth.

Show Name: Silent Sales Machine

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 60-80,000 monthly/downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Business Strategy

Global Ranking: Top 0.5%

You can find Jim's podcast here

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#160 | Why Perfect Marketing & Brand Awareness Still Won't Help You Grow Your Podcast

Fri, 12 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why your podcast isn't growing despite your perfect marketing efforts?

In this episode, we dive into a common issue many podcasters face: excellent marketing and brand awareness that still fail to drive podcast growth.

If you’re struggling to retain listeners and grow your audience, this episode is a must-listen.

In this episode, you will:

Learn the key factor beyond marketing that is crucial for growing your podcast.
Discover practical strategies to improve listener retention and engagement.
Understand how to transform your podcast into a compelling show that keeps listeners coming back.

Tune in now to uncover the secret to turning your podcast into a listener magnet and achieving the growth you’ve been striving for!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#159 | How This Podcaster Went From 0 To 5k Monthly Downloads With No Prior Audience Or High Profile Guest

Wed, 10 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered how a podcaster can go from zero to 5,000 monthly downloads without a prior audience or high-profile guests?

In today's episode, we dive into a real-life case study of Ben, who transformed his stagnant podcast into a thriving show by leveraging smart strategies.

If you're struggling to grow your podcast and want to see a tangible roadmap for success, this episode is for you.

In this episode, you will:

Discover how to effectively leverage social media to grow your podcast.
Learn the secrets of podcast SEO to rank higher on platforms like Apple and Spotify.
Understand the importance of targeted content and audience engagement for sustainable growth.

Don't miss out on the actionable insights that took

Ben from zero to 5,000 downloads—play the episode now and start transforming your podcast!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#158 | The Hidden Cost Of Not Having A Clear Unique Value Proposition For Your Podcast (Roast The Show)

Mon, 08 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you trying to serve multiple audiences with your podcast but struggling to grow?

Discover how narrowing your focus can skyrocket your success!

Many podcasters face the challenge of targeting the right audience, balancing their content, and achieving consistent growth.

This episode dives deep into a live coaching session with Tiffany, where we explore the pitfalls of serving multiple avatars and how a clear focus can transform your podcast’s reach and engagement.

In this episode you will discover:

Why specificity is crucial for attracting and retaining the right audience for your podcast.
The importance of a unique value proposition and how it can set your podcast apart in a crowded market.
Discover practical steps to position your podcast as the go-to resource for a highly targeted audience, increasing engagement and growth.

Are you ready to elevate your podcast and reach the audience you’re best equipped to serve?

Click play now and unlock the secrets to a focused, high-growth podcast strategy!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#156 | How To Get The Most Out of High Profile Guests Even When The Guest Refuses To Promote Your Episode

Fri, 05 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unintentionally sabotaging your podcast's sales potential by giving away too much value?

In today's competitive podcasting landscape, many content creators grapple with the balance of providing value while maintaining profitability.

This episode dives deep into whether holding back valuable content is actually hindering your podcast’s growth and sales potential.

In this episode, you will:

Learn proven strategies for striking the right balance between free content and paid offers to maximize listener engagement and conversions.
Discover real-life examples and insights from successful podcasters who have navigated this dilemma.
Gain actionable tips on how to provide immense value without compromising your business goals.

Don’t miss out on unlocking your podcast’s full potential—play this episode now to find out how to turn valuable content into tangible sales!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#155 | How To Grow Your Podcast With BIG Guests Even If They Don't To Promote Your Show

Wed, 03 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered how to get the most out of your high-profile podcast guests even when they don't promote your episode?

Many podcasters face the frustrating reality of landing big-name guests who bring great content but no additional exposure.

This episode tackles that problem head-on, providing actionable strategies to leverage the guest's name and maximize your reach.

In this episode, you will:

Learn how to identify and engage with fan communities of your guest to drive organic promotion.
Discover innovative ways to create buzz and interaction without appearing self-promotional.
Gain insight into using social proof and gamification to boost engagement and track new listeners effectively.

Don’t miss out on transforming your podcast's growth.

Scroll up and press play to implement these strategies to maximize your high-profile guest appearances!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#154 | How Abagail Grew Her Podcast To 30,000 Downloads A Month (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 01 Jul 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Abagail Pumphrey, host of "Strategy Hour," shares her remarkable story and practical advice on how to overcome common pitfalls and achieve sustained podcast growth.

Show Name: Strategy Hour

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 30,000 monthly/downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Business Strategy

Global Ranking: Top 0.5%

You can find Abagail's podcast here

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#153 | How BAD Podcasts Are Accidentally Outgrowing You With This Strange Growth Principle

Fri, 28 Jun 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered why some of the worst podcasts in your niche are outgrowing yours?

They might have stumbled upon a bizarre but powerful growth principle.

In today's crowded podcast landscape, achieving rapid growth can feel impossible. Yet, some competitors are thriving by tapping into a simple, often overlooked strategy that guarantees listener engagement and loyalty.

In this episode, you will:

Discover the surprising growth principle that your competitors are using to outpace you.
Learn why focusing on your audience's immediate needs can transform your podcast's reach.
Gain actionable insights to attract, engage, and retain listeners consistently.

Don't miss out—play this episode now and unlock the secret to turning your podcast into a growth powerhouse!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#152 | How To Use The Scientific Method To Grow & Monetize An Audience As A Podcasting Entrepreneur

Wed, 26 Jun 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered if your podcast growth strategies are truly effective, or if you’re just spinning your wheels?

In a world where podcasting has become a crowded space, figuring out what really drives growth is crucial.

This episode breaks down how to use the scientific method to eliminate guesswork and ensure your strategies lead to tangible results, helping you achieve the growth you've been aiming for.

In this episode, you will:

Learn a systematic approach to test and validate your podcast growth strategies.
Discover how to create a repeatable process for identifying what works best for your show.
Understand how to analyse results accurately to make data-driven decisions for sustained growth.

Ready to transform your podcast growth strategy?

Hit play now and uncover the proven method to make your podcast thrive!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#151 | Why Multiple Formats Might Confuse Your Listeners & Why Keeping Things Simple Leads Faster Growth (Roast The Show)

Mon, 24 Jun 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Is your podcast growth stalling despite your best efforts?

Discover why having multiple formats might be confusing your listeners and how simplicity can lead to faster growth.

In today's competitive podcast landscape, clarity and consistency are crucial for attracting and retaining listeners.

This episode tackles the common pitfalls that can derail your podcast growth and offers actionable insights to streamline your content strategy for maximum impact.

In this episode, we will discover:

How to align your podcast content with your audience's needs to attract new listeners.
The importance of maintaining consistency in your podcast's format and schedule.
Practical tips for simplifying your podcast structure to eliminate confusion and boost growth.

Ready to transform your podcast and accelerate your growth? Click play now and uncover the secrets to a simpler, more effective podcast strategy!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#150 | Signs You Might Be Sleep Walking As a Podcaster & How To Fix It To Start Growing & Monetizing Your Show

Fri, 21 Jun 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you unknowingly sleepwalking through your podcasting journey, missing out on the explosive growth your show deserves?

Many entrepreneurs with podcasts find themselves in a rut, producing episodes on autopilot without seeing the desired results.

This episode tackles the crucial issue of sleepwalking through your podcast and how it could be holding you back from achieving significant growth and engagement.

In this episode, you will:

Learn to identify the subtle signs that indicate you might be sleepwalking as a podcaster.
Discover actionable strategies to become more intentional and effective in your podcast creation and promotion.
Gain insights on optimizing your podcast for better visibility and listener retention, ensuring you stand out in a crowded market.

Don't miss this eye-opening episode—listen now to wake up your podcasting potential and start seeing real growth!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#149 | Who To Target With Your Podcast To Grow Fast, Increase Engagement & Make More Money

Wed, 19 Jun 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why your podcast isn't growing as fast as you'd like, despite all your hard work?

This episode dives into the crucial yet often overlooked aspect of identifying your ideal audience.

Understanding who you are targeting can significantly impact your podcast's growth, engagement, and profitability.

Most podcasters think they have this figured out, but do they really know their listeners in detail?

In this episode, you will:

Learn how to pinpoint your exact target audience to drive faster growth and higher engagement.
Discover practical frameworks to identify who you are best equipped to serve with your podcast.
Understand how a well-defined audience can transform your show's content, guest selection, and overall strategy.

Scroll up & press play now to unlock the secrets of targeting the right audience for your podcast and start seeing rapid growth and increased engagement today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#148 | How Andy Generated Half a MILLION Dollars With His Coaching Business Through His Podcast By Niching Down

Mon, 17 Jun 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Andy Isom, host of "Selling on Amazon with Andy Isom," shares his remarkable story and practical advice on how to overcome common pitfalls and achieve sustained podcast growth.

Show Name: Selling on Amazon with Andy Isom

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 50,000 monthly/downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Business-Amazon- E Commerce

Global Ranking: Top 0.5%

You can find Andy's show here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#147 | We Posted Short Form Clips EVERYWHERE For 30 Day, Here's What Happened:

Fri, 14 Jun 2024 04:00:00 +0100

In today's episode, we tackle a pressing question for podcasters: does consistently posting promotional clips on platforms like Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn actually boost your listener numbers?

With so many podcasters investing time and resources into social media, understanding its true impact is crucial for anyone looking to expand their audience.

In this episode, you will:

Discover the real relationship between social media exposure and podcast growth.
Learn the results of a month-long experiment involving daily posts across multiple platforms.
Get actionable insights on whether to continue or rethink your social media strategy for podcast promotion.

Scroll up & press play now to find out if social media clips are worth your time and effort, and how to optimize your podcast growth strategy based on our findings.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#146 | 4 Common Podcast Growth Tips You Should IGNORE At All Costs (Silent Marketing & Monetization Killers)

Wed, 12 Jun 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever been frustrated by the endless stream of podcast growth advice that never seems to work?

In today's crowded podcasting landscape, many creators struggle to grow their audience despite following popular advice. If you're tired of slow growth and want actionable strategies that actually work, this episode is for you.

In this episode, you will:

Discover why promoting on social media might be a waste of your time and what to do instead.
Learn why chasing high-profile guests isn't the golden ticket to growing your podcast and how to effectively leverage guest appearances.
Understand why creating promotional clips and repurposing content on platforms like YouTube could be detrimental to your growth efforts and find out the strategies that truly drive engagement and listenership.

Tune in now to uncover the top three pieces of terrible podcast growth advice and learn what you should be doing instead to achieve rapid and sustainable growth!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#145 | Why Niching Down Is The Answer For Faster Growth & Monetization (Roast The Show)

Mon, 10 Jun 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you a podcaster struggling to grow your audience?

In this episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing," we delve into the universal principles of picking your target audience, using real-life case studies, including an in-depth analysis of Unbreakably Bold a podcast for anyone wanting to show up as their boldest, most authentic self.

Every podcaster faces the challenge of reaching and engaging their target audience effectively.

Whether you're discussing , detachment, manifestation,personal development, or any other topic, understanding how to tailor your podcast to your audience's needs and preferences is essential.

This episode provides valuable insights into audience engagement, marketing strategies, and content creation that are relevant to podcasters in any genre.

We know it can be hard understanding how to best adapt your show to match your audience needs and wants to drive faster growth…

And that’s why in this episode you will discover:

Effective techniques to increase your podcast's appeal and reach your intended audience.
Strategies for creating content that resonates with your listeners, keeping them engaged and coming back for more.
Marketing and branding tips to make your podcast stand out in a crowded market.

This roast the show episode, every other Monday we invite a business owner, coach or professional onto the podcast to get a free podcast audit and roast.

We deep dive into their current marketing highlight areas that are holding them back from faster growth and monetization. Provide them and you actionable steps you can start applying today to experience faster podcast growth.

So if you're ready to listen in as Christina gets her show roasted scroll up and press play!

Recommended:

Cover Design: 99designs

#70 | How To Write a Podcast Show Description That Turns More Strangers Into Listeners

If you want to get your podcast audited click here

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#144 | We Paid A Business Coach $25,000 & Learned Nothing New

Fri, 07 Jun 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever invested a significant amount in business growth only to find it didn't deliver the expected results?

Imagine spending $25,000 on a mentorship, expecting revolutionary secrets and discovering you already know much of what is taught.

This episode dives into our journey, reflecting the reality that sometimes, the value lies not in new knowledge but in revisiting and refining what you already know.

So with that said in this episode you will learn:

Clarity on Essentials: Learn to distinguish between necessary actions and distractions, focusing on what truly drives podcast growth.
Simplification Strategy: Understand the importance of simplifying your approach, doing less but better, to enhance your podcast's effectiveness.
Actionable Insights: Gain actionable insights on leveraging basic principles to amplify your show's reach and listener engagement.

Tune into this episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing" to transform your podcasting approach with simplicity and focus, ensuring your investment in growth is truly effective.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#143 | How To Use "Newsjacking" To Tap Into New Podcasting Audiences Even As A Busy Entrepreneur

Wed, 05 Jun 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered how to tap into a whole new audience for your podcast without overhauling your entire content strategy?

In today's rapidly changing world, staying relevant and capturing the attention of potential listeners can be challenging.

This episode dives into the art of newsjacking—using current events to draw in new listeners and boost your podcast's growth.

In this episode, you will:

Learn how to effectively incorporate trending topics into your podcast to attract a larger audience.
Discover practical tips from successful podcasters who have mastered newsjacking to drive exponential growth.
Understand how to balance timely content with evergreen episodes to maintain a consistent and engaged listenership.

Scroll up & press play now to discover the secrets of newsjacking and give your podcast the boost it needs to reach new heights!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#142 | How Bill Grew His Podcast To 100,000 Downloads A Month (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 03 Jun 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Bill Caskey, one of the hosts of "The Advanced Selling Podcast", shares how he has grown his show to 100,000 monthly/downloads over the past 18 years.

Bill talks openly about what has specifically helped them to develop and grow such a successful show over the last 18 years.

Host Name: Bill Caskey

Show Name: The Advanced Selling Podcast

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 100,000 monthly/downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Business Management & Sales

Global Ranking: Top 0.5%

You can find Bill's show here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#141 | How To Turn Strangers Into Clients By Using Your Podcast As Your Top Of Funnel (Podcast Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 31 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered how you can turn your podcast listeners into actual paying clients?

In today’s episode, we dive deep into the art of using your podcast as a powerful tool for lead generation, addressing a common challenge many podcasters face: converting casual listeners into loyal customers.

In this episode, you will:

Learn the essential Podcast SEO techniques to increase your discoverability on major platforms like Apple and Spotify.
Discover how to create content that directly addresses your audience’s pain points, building trust and authority.
Find out why solo episodes can be more effective in nurturing your audience and converting them into clients.

Scroll up & press play now, to transform your podcast into a client-generating machine with actionable strategies and personalized insights!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#140 | The Reason Your Incredible Podcast Content STILL Isn’t Attracting The Listeners You Deserve Or Monetizing

Wed, 29 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why your amazing podcast content isn’t getting the listeners you deserve?

If you’re frustrated by the slow growth of your podcast despite having engaging content, this episode is for you. We’ll uncover the crucial elements you might be overlooking that could transform your listener base and boost your podcast's growth.

In this episode, you will:

Learn the critical differences between podcast positioning and packaging and why both are essential for growth.
Discover actionable tips to optimize your podcast's cover art, title, and description to attract new listeners.
Understand how to craft compelling episode titles and show notes that convert curious browsers into loyal listeners.

Don’t let your hard work go unnoticed—tune into this episode now to unlock the secrets to attracting the audience your podcast truly deserves!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#139 | How To Build The Perfect Podcast For Your Audience Even If You Have No Idea What They Want (Roast The Show)

Mon, 27 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered how some podcasters manage to attract the perfect audience while others struggle? What could be the missing link?

In the ever-evolving world of podcasting, effectively reaching and engaging the right audience is a pressing challenge that many creators, including you, might be facing.

Whether you're looking to transition from hobbyist to a professional podcaster or simply aiming to boost your listener engagement, understanding how to attract and retain the right listeners is essential to achieving these goals.

In this episode you will discover:

Targeted strategies for identifying and attracting the ideal listener who is more likely to become a loyal customer.
Practical tips for optimizing your podcast content to resonate deeply with your audience, enhancing engagement and retention.
Insights on making crucial adjustments to your podcast’s format and presentation, ensuring it aligns perfectly with your business objectives and audience expectations.

Scroll up and tap "Play" on this episode to unlock the secrets of turning casual listeners into committed fans and start transforming your podcast into a key component of your business model today!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#138 | How To Track The 2 Hidden Metrics That Turn Listeners Into Clients (Most People Ignore Them) - Podcast Monetization Tips

Fri, 24 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you tracking the right metrics to turn your podcast listeners into paying clients?

Many podcasters focus on download numbers, but are you aware that these aren't the best indicators of your podcast's success?

This episode tackles a common problem: misunderstanding key metrics that can actually help you monetize your audience effectively.

In this episode, you will:

Discover the two hidden metrics that can transform your podcast into a client-generating machine.
Learn practical tips to increase listener retention and engagement, ensuring your audience stays tuned till the end.
Find out how to track these metrics easily and effectively, giving you actionable insights to grow your podcast.

Scroll up & press play now to uncover the secrets of turning listeners into clients by tracking the right metrics—don't miss out on boosting your podcast's success!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#137 | Steal Netflix's $270 Billion Dollar Strategy To Grow Your Podcast (Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Wed, 22 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you ready to steal Netflix's $270 billion growth strategy to skyrocket your podcast's success?

In today's episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing," we dive deep into Netflix's game-changing tactics to help you overcome the struggle of stagnant podcast growth.

If you're a coach, expert, business owner, or independent podcaster looking to accelerate your listener base, this episode is tailored for you.

In this episode, you will:

Learn how to analyse and utilise your podcast's data to discover what topics truly resonate with your audience.
Understand the importance of a targeted content strategy to keep your listeners engaged and coming back for more.
Gain actionable insights on transforming your podcast into a consistent growth machine by applying proven strategies from industry leaders.

Scroll up & press play to listen now and start transforming your podcast growth with Netflix's proven strategies!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#136 | How Lisa Grew To 10,000 Monthly Downloads

Mon, 20 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode, Lisa of The Health Power Podcast reveals how she grew her podcast to over 10,000 downloads per month.

Host Name: Lisa Davis

Show Name: "Health Power"

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 10,000 monthly downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Health & Fitness

You can find "The Health Power Podcast" here

Every other Monday, a successful podcaster with tens of thousands of listeners and a fully monetised show will leave you a 5-10 minute voice note sharing their stories, strategies, failures & the mindset needed to grow a successful show.

And this is one of those episodes.

So, if you want to understand what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up & press play now!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#135 | The 3 Biblical Laws Of Podcast Growth - How To Guarantee Success OR Failure In Podcasting

Fri, 17 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why your podcast isn't growing as fast as you'd like?

Well if you have why not dive into this episode & discover the three unbreakable biblical laws of podcast growth.

In a world where podcasting is more competitive than ever, understanding why your podcast isn't growing and how to overcome common pitfalls is crucial.

These laws offer a roadmap to fast-track your podcast's growth, ensuring thousands of new highly engaged listeners.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn why inputs equal outputs and how investing more effort and creativity into your podcast can lead to significant audience growth.

2) Understand the importance of consistency and why never missing an upload is essential for maintaining momentum and retaining listeners.

3) Discover the power of positive feedback loops and how finding your own unique formula for success can guarantee predictable growth for your podcast.

Don't miss out on the opportunity to unlock the secrets to podcast growth!

Scroll up & press play to listen to the episode now and start implementing these proven strategies to take your podcast to the next level.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#134 | Should You Start A Video Podcast? Pros Vs Cons (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Wed, 15 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you considering starting a video podcast? Before you dive in, let's explore the crucial question:

Should you also start a video podcast?

If you've been contemplating this move, it's likely because you've seen the trend: many successful podcasts are expanding into the video realm.

But is this shift right for you?

This episode delves into the pros and cons, helping you understand how a video podcast aligns with your goals and resources.

In this episode, you will:

1) Gain insights into the key benefits and drawbacks of starting a video podcast.

2) Understand the resources and mindset needed for successful video podcasting.

3) Learn how to assess whether video podcasting is the right fit for your content and audience growth strategy.

Ready to make an informed decision about launching a video podcast?

Scroll up & press play now to gain clarity and insights that will guide your next steps.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#133 | NEW Roast The Show Format: How Ignoring This One Thing Leads To a Decline In Listenership (Podcast Marketing)

Mon, 13 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever felt that despite your best efforts, your podcast isn't resonating as strongly with your audience as you'd hoped?

Could a listener-focused approach be the missing key to unlocking true engagement and growth?

In the fast-evolving world of podcasting, it's easy to get caught up in content creation without stopping to consider whether your topics genuinely align with your audience's interests.

This disconnect can lead to declining engagement and stagnant growth, leaving many podcasters puzzled about what's going wrong.

This episode will explore the critical importance of aligning your content strategy with your listeners' expectations and interests, potentially transforming the way you think about podcast engagement.

Here's exactly what you'll discover:

Strategies to increase engagement by aligning your content more closely with what your audience truly wants to hear.

How a listener-focused approach can lead to more sustainable growth, with more consistent and reliable increases in your listener base.

And finally how to continually adapt and refine your content to keep it relevant and appealing to your target audience, ensuring they come back for more.

Scroll up and click play to get into this episode now to transform your podcast with strategies that focus on what your listeners really want, and don't miss out on the exclusive opportunity to receive a personalized podcast audit!

Recommended:

Help us create the best podcast for you by giving us quick feedback on this new format.

Click here or visit: getmorelisteners.com/feedback

And get a free 90-second video podcast audit by Anthony.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#132 | Why We're Hypocrites

Fri, 10 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you tired of feeling like your podcast promotion efforts are falling flat?

Discover why even the biggest sceptics are diving headfirst into social media promotion and how you can track its effectiveness down to the last detail.

In this episode, hosts Anthony & Taig explore the controversial topic of using short-form content for podcast promotion.

Despite their previous doubts, they've embarked on a ground breaking experiment to determine whether social media promotion truly works for podcasts.

By dissecting their own beliefs and testing them rigorously, they're providing invaluable insights into a common struggle for podcasters.

Learn how their experiment can shed light on your own promotional strategies and help you navigate the complexities of growing your podcast in a crowded digital landscape.

In this episode, you will:

1) Gain clarity on the effectiveness of social media promotion for podcasts through a real-world experiment.

2) Learn actionable steps to track the success of your podcast promotion efforts with precision.

3) Understand the nuances of short-form content promotion and its potential impact on podcast growth.

Scroll up & press play to learn the exact steps to track your efforts and gain invaluable insights into growing your podcast.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#131 | Why Steven Bartlett’s Podcast Growth Strategy Won’t Work For You (Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Wed, 08 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Why shouldn't you copy podcasts like Steven Bartlett when trying to grow your podcast?

Are you struggling to grow your podcast?

Discover practical alternatives to fast-track your podcast's growth and monetisation, even without a massive audience.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn why long teasers and extensive social media promotion might not be effective for your podcast's growth strategy.

2) Understand the importance of focusing on mastering one platform before expanding to others.

3) Discover why selling your own products or services could lead to faster and more substantial podcast monetization compared to chasing brand deals and sponsorships.

Scroll up & press play to learn why copying Steven Bartlett's strategies might not be the best route for your podcast's success.

More From Get More Listeners:

https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

Or Visit https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View Client Results & Case Studies Here

https://getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

Or Visit

getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

Get More Listeners Recommendations:

Are you looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics?

Try Captivate: Get a FREE 7-day Trial Here

Content Pillars of ‘Why Your Podcast Isn’t Growing’

How to grow a podcast

How to build a content strategy

How to grow an engaged audience

How to get more listeners for your podcast

How to use social media to grow a podcast

Social media strategies for growing a podcast

Podcast SEO (Search Engine Optimisation)

Podcast growth strategies

How to build an audience with podcasting

Podcast marketing

Content marketing

Podcast guesting

This is not a podcast like, Podcasting Made Simple by Alex Sanfilippo, Grow The Show: How to Grow a Podcast Audience & Monetize by Kevin Chemidlin, School of Podcasting by Dave Jackson, Grow My Podcast Show by Deirdre Tshien by more like ‘Why Your Podcast Isn’t Growing’ by Anthony Nwaneri.

#130 | What We Learned From a 1.5 Million Downloads Per Month Podcaster (Secret To Rapid Podcasting Growth & Monetization)

Mon, 06 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered how a podcaster gets 1.5 million downloads per month?

That's a cool 50,000 downloads per day!

Join us as we delve into the insider secrets of rapid podcast growth.

Are you a podcaster struggling to understand why your show isn't growing as fast as you'd like?

In this episode, we break down the lessons we learned from a podcaster who went from zero to 1.5 million downloads per month.

In this episode, you will:

1) Gain insights into why social media might not be the best avenue for podcast growth.

2) Learn how to craft a unique selling point to attract and retain listeners.

3) Understand the importance of investing in your podcast and how to monetize it effectively.

If you're ready to supercharge your podcast growth, scroll up & press play.

Recommended:

Cover Design: 99designs

If you want to get your podcast audited click here

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#129 | Why You’re Doing Your Guests A DISSERVICE Having Their Name In The Title (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 03 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to grow your podcast audience?

Discover why having your guest's name in your episode title could be holding you back.

Many podcasters face the challenge of attracting new listeners and keeping their current audience engaged.

In today's episode, we explore a common practice: putting the guest's name in the title. But does this really help your podcast grow?

We discuss how this practice might actually hinder your podcast's growth and what you can do instead to make your episodes more appealing to potential listeners.

In this episode, you will:

2) Discover how to create episode titles that sell the listen and attract more listeners.

3) Understand why focusing on the value and content of your episode, rather than the guest's name, can lead to faster podcast growth.

Scroll up & press play to listen to this episode to learn how to create episode titles that truly sell the listen.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#128 | How Long Should An Episode Title Be? (Revealing The Sweet Spot For Faster Growth & Easier Podcast Marketing)

Wed, 01 May 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are your podcast episode titles too short?

In today's episode, we're diving deep into the question: How long should a podcast episode title be?

If you're struggling with your podcast's growth, your episode titles could be holding you back more than you realise.

With the vast sea of podcasts out there, your episode titles are crucial for grabbing attention and convincing listeners to tune in.

But what's the right length for an episode title?

And how does it affect your podcast's growth?

Stick around to find out how optimising your episode titles can be the key to attracting thousands of new, highly engaged listeners.

In this episode, you will:

1) Gain clarity on why shorter episode titles might be hindering your podcast's growth.

2) Learn how to transform short, vague titles into longer, more engaging ones that drive listener interest.

3) Discover the optimal length for your episode titles and why longer titles could be the missing ingredient for your podcast's success.

If you're tired of wondering why your podcast isn't growing, scroll up & press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#127 | What Do When Your Podcast Is TOO Specific + An Episode Titling Masterclass (Roast The Show)

Mon, 29 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you a podcaster struggling to grow your audience?

This episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing" discusses the importance of the title.

We also provide an in-depth analysis of Her Home & Heart a podcast for parents looking for ways to improve their home-schooling.

Every podcaster faces the challenge of reaching and engaging their target audience effectively.

Whether you're trying to find the perfect title, understanding how to tailor your podcast to your audience's needs and preferences is essential.

This episode provides valuable insights into audience engagement, marketing strategies, and content creation that are relevant to podcaster in any genre.

It can be challenging to understand how to adapt your show to match your audience's needs and wants and drive faster growth.

And that’s why, in this episode, you will discover:

Effective techniques to increase your podcast's appeal and reach your intended audience.
Strategies for creating content that resonates with your listeners, keeping them engaged and returning for more.
Marketing and branding tips to make your podcast stand out in a crowded market.

Every other Monday, we invite a business owner, coach, or professional to the podcast for a free podcast audit and roast.

We deep-dive into their current marketing and highlight areas holding them back from faster growth and monetisation. We then provide them with actionable steps to apply today to experience faster podcast growth.

So, if you're ready to listen in as Katie gets her show roasted, scroll up and press play!

Recommended:

Cover Design: 99designs

#70 | How To Write a Podcast Show Description That Turns More Strangers Into Listeners

If you want to get your podcast audited click here

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#126 | Why You Need To Go All In On Your Podcast For Real Growth & Monetization

Fri, 26 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you truly going all in on your podcast, or just scratching the surface?

Discover why going all in is the secret ingredient to rapid podcast growth.

Many podcasters face the challenge of stagnant growth despite putting in what they believe to be maximum effort.

In this episode, we explore the mindset and actions required to propel your podcast forward, bridging the gap between what you're doing now and what's needed to achieve your growth goals.

In this episode, you will:

Gain a new perspective on what it truly means to go "all in" on your podcast.
Discover actionable steps and mindset shifts to elevate your podcasting game.
Learn why prioritising your podcast and adopting an "all in" attitude are essential for achieving significant growth.

Ready to take your podcast to new heights?

Scroll up & press play to listen & learn the strategies and mindset shifts necessary to propel your podcast forward.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#125 | This Invisible Part Of Your Podcast Marketing Is Repelling New Listeners & Preventing Growth And Monetization

Wed, 24 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Do you ever felt like you're doing everything right to promote your podcast, but it's just not growing as fast as you'd like?

In this episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing," Taig and Anthony uncover a hidden factor that might be silently driving away potential listeners.

They explain how marketing your podcast at the wrong level of audience awareness could be repelling listeners without you even realizing it.

In this episode, you will:

1) Understand the concept of audience awareness levels and how it applies to podcast marketing.

2) Learn why marketing your podcast to the wrong level of audience awareness could be hindering your growth.

3) Discover practical strategies to adjust your podcast promotion to effectively reach and resonate with your target audience.

Scroll up & press play now to learn how to attract more engaged listeners and grow your podcast audience faster.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#124 | How Scott Got To 800,000 Monthly Downloads & Pushed Through The Hard Times (Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 22 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode, Scott of The Daily Boost Podcast reveals how he grew his podcast to over 800,000 downloads per month.

Host Name: Scott Smith

Show Name: "Daily Boost Podcast"

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 800,000 monthly downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Motivation & Coaching

You can find "The Daily Boost Podcast" here

And this is one of those episodes.

So, if you want to understand what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click on the play button!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#123 | How To Make Your Podcast Episode Titles Irresistible - 5 Real Life Examples For Faster Growth & Marketing

Fri, 19 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to attract listeners to your podcast episodes?

Stay tuned as we dissect five lacklustre episode titles and perform a magical transformation, turning them into irresistible hooks that will make your audience stop scrolling and clicking.

As podcasters, we all know the struggle of creating episode titles that truly grab attention and compel listeners to tune in.

In this episode, we delve into real-life examples and demonstrate practical tips on how to make your titles more specific, intriguing, and tailored to your target audience's needs.

Whether you're discussing chakras, boundaries, systemic racism, tech industry tips, or health supplements, we'll reveal the secrets to crafting titles that resonate with your listeners and drive engagement.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn how to transform vague episode titles into specific, benefit-driven hooks that captivate your audience.

2) Understand the importance of quantifying your content and highlighting desired outcomes to attract more listeners.

3) Gain insights into the power of context, controversy, and specificity in crafting irresistible episode titles that drive engagement and growth.

Ready to increase your podcast episode titles and attract more listeners?

Scroll up & press play now to discover the secrets behind crafting irresistible hooks that will skyrocket your show's growth!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#122 | How To Write Attention Grabbing Episode Titles Your Listeners Can't Ignore (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Wed, 17 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are your podcast episode titles falling flat?

In this episode, discover how to craft attention-grabbing titles that your listeners won't resist.

As a podcaster, your episode titles are crucial for attracting new listeners and keeping your audience engaged.

In this episode, we delve into the strategies behind crafting specific, intriguing, and even confrontational titles that directly address your audience's needs or problems.

Whether you aim to capture attention in a crowded market, spark curiosity, or challenge common beliefs, we've provided practical insights and examples.

In this episode, you will:

1) Learn how to craft super-specific titles that speak directly to your audience's pain points or desired outcomes, making your content irresistible.

2) Understand the art of creating massive intrigue with your titles, drawing listeners in with curiosity-inducing phrases and unexpected angles.

3) Master crafting polarising or confrontational titles that address common struggles or misconceptions head-on, positioning your podcast as a must-listen for those seeking solutions.

Are you ready to level up your podcast episode titles?

Scroll up & press play now to gain actionable tips and examples that will transform your titles from bland to brilliant, attracting more listeners and keeping them returning for more.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#121 | The REAL Cost of Losing Focus On a Growing Podcast (Roast The Show)

Mon, 15 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you a podcaster struggling to grow your audience?

This episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing" discusses the real cost of losing focus with your podcast.

We also provide an in-depth analysis of "Making Math Moments That Matter" a podcast for teachers and students who want to stay updated on mathematical things.

Every podcaster faces the challenge of reaching and engaging their target audience effectively.

Whether you're replying to "less than friendly" comments online, understanding how to tailor your podcast to your audience's needs and preferences is essential.

This episode provides valuable insights into audience engagement, marketing strategies, and content creation that are relevant to podcasters in any genre.

It can be challenging to understand how to adapt your show to match your audience's needs and wants and drive faster growth.

And that’s why, in this episode, you will discover:

Effective techniques to increase your podcast's appeal and reach your intended audience.
Strategies for creating content that resonates with your listeners, keeping them engaged and returning for more.
Marketing and branding tips to make your podcast stand out in a crowded market.

Every other Monday, we invite a business owner, coach, or professional to the podcast for a free podcast audit and roast.

So, if you're ready to listen in as Jon & Kyle get their show roasted, scroll up and press play!

Recommended:

Kyle Pearce & Jon Orr's second show, Canadian Wealth Secrets: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/canadian-wealth-secrets/id1662013072

Cover Design: 99designs

#70 | How To Write a Podcast Show Description That Turns More Strangers Into Listeners

If you want to get your podcast audited click here

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#120 | Managing Expectations & How To Know If Your Strategy Is Working (Part 6/6)

Fri, 12 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to grow your podcast despite putting in all your effort?

Discover the key indicators to know if your growth strategy works in this episode!

As a podcaster, you want to see your podcast flourish, but without proper tracking, it's challenging to determine if your efforts are yielding results.

This episode delves into managing expectations and understanding the effectiveness of your growth strategy, offering insights crucial for achieving your podcasting goals.

In this episode, you will:

1) Determine whether your podcast growth strategy is effective or needs adjustments.

2) Learn how to analyse key metrics like retention time and download trends to gauge your podcast's performance.

3) Discover actionable tips to iterate and improve your podcast's positioning and content strategy for sustainable growth.

Dive into this episode now to unlock the secrets of podcast growth and ensure your efforts drive real results.

Don't let your podcast stall. Scroll up & press play to implement these strategies and watch your audience engagement soar!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#119 | The Best Weekly Routine To Reach Thousands Of New Podcast Listeners In 2024 (Part 5/6)

Wed, 10 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to grow your podcast despite your best efforts?

This episode will reveal the best weekly routine for skyrocketing your podcast listenership in 2024.

As a podcaster aiming for significant growth, you're likely facing the challenge of consistently attracting and retaining listeners.

This episode delves into a comprehensive weekly routine that capitalises on collaborations with other podcasts to expand your reach effectively.

By implementing these strategies, you'll not only see a surge in exposure but also witness a notable increase in engaged listeners, setting the stage for sustainable growth.

In this episode, you will:

1) Discover how to leverage guest appearances on other podcasts to tap into new audiences and establish your authority within your niche.

2) Learn the art of pod swaps, a mutually beneficial strategy for bridging the gap between your audience and that of other podcasters and fostering a network of loyal listeners.

3) Explore the power of sponsoring other podcasts as a scalable approach to amplifying your reach exponentially, provided you have a solid foundation for organic growth.

Are you ready to unlock the secrets to exponential podcast growth?

Scroll up & press play to learn the actionable steps for implementing the best weekly routine and watch your listenership soar.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#118 | How Megan Grew Her Podcast Past 35,000 Monthly Downloads (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 08 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode, Megan of "Self Care Simplified" reveals how she grew her podcast to over 35,000 downloads per month.

Host Name: Megan Dahlman

Show Name: "Self Care Simplified"

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 35,000 monthly downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Fitness & Nutrition

You can find "Self Care Simplified" here

And this is one of those episodes.

So, if you want to understand what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click on the play button!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#117 | The Shortcut To Ranking Your Show Higher On Apple & Spotify With Podcast SEO (Part 4/6)

Fri, 05 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to get your podcast noticed on Apple and Spotify?

Imagine unlocking the secret shortcut to skyrocketing your show's rankings with Podcast SEO.

In today's digital age, where listeners rely heavily on platforms like Apple and Spotify to discover new podcasts, mastering Podcast SEO is the key to ensuring your show gets the attention it deserves.

If you've been wondering why your podcast isn't growing as fast as you'd like, this episode is tailor-made for you.

We're diving deep into the crucial steps you need to take to fast-track your podcast's growth and attract thousands of engaged listeners.

In this episode, you will:

Discover the one metric that Apple and Spotify use to determine whether your podcast gets the exposure it deserves and how to leverage it to your advantage.
Uncover the four-part SEO framework that will catapult your podcast to the top of the ranks on Apple and Spotify.
Learn practical strategies to optimise your podcast's discoverability, visibility, user engagement, and relevancy, ensuring it stands out in a crowded podcasting landscape.

Ready to take your podcast to new heights?

Scroll up & press play to discover the shortcut to ranking higher on Apple and Spotify with Podcast SEO.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#116 | How To Make Your Podcast Content Bingeable with a Demand-Based Content Strategy (Part 3/6)

Wed, 03 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wonder why some podcasts seem irresistible & others struggle to keep listeners engaged?

In today's episode, we're diving into a critical aspect of podcast growth: making your content binge-worthy with a demand-based content strategy.

If you're a podcaster looking to attract and retain a highly engaged audience, this episode is tailored just for you.

In this episode, you will.

Discover how to create podcast episodes your audience can't stop listening to.
Learn how to package your content irresistibly, even if you struggle with episode titles.
Understand why shifting to a demand-based content strategy is crucial for consistent growth month after month.

Scroll up and press play to unlock the secrets of crafting captivating podcast content and watch your listener numbers soar!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#115 | How To Grow Your Podcast Audience Using Twitter & Social Media Marketing (Roast The Show)

Mon, 01 Apr 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you a podcaster struggling to grow your audience?

In this episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing," we discuss the importance of being brave and honest on social media. We also provide an in-depth analysis of "The DNF1-F1 Podcast" a podcast for anyone wanting to stay up to date on all things formula 1.

Every podcaster faces the challenge of reaching and engaging their target audience effectively.

Whether you're replying to "less than friendly" comments online, understanding how to tailor your podcast to your audience's needs and preferences is essential.

This episode provides valuable insights into audience engagement, marketing strategies, and content creation that are relevant to podcasters in any genre.

We know it can be hard to understand how to adapt your show best to match your audience's needs and wants to drive faster growth.

And that’s why in this episode, you will discover:

Effective techniques to increase your podcast's appeal and reach your intended audience.
Strategies for creating content that resonates with your listeners, keeping them engaged and coming back for more.
Marketing and branding tips to make your podcast stand out in a crowded market.

Every other Monday, we invite a business owner, coach or professional onto the podcast to get a free podcast audit and roast.

We deep-dive into their current marketing and highlight areas holding them back from faster growth and monetisation. We then provide them with actionable steps they can apply today to experience faster podcast growth.

So, if you're ready to listen in as Adam gets his show roasted, scroll up and press play!

Recommended:

Cover Design: 99designs

#70 | How To Write a Podcast Show Description That Turns More Strangers Into Listeners

If you want to get your podcast audited click here

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#114 | Use This Growth & Marketing Hack To Ingrain Your Podcast In The Mind Of Your Listeners (Part 2/6)

Fri, 29 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

THE USP EQUATION

Specific targeting of your podcast + The weekly output of your show x The unique concept of your podcast = Your USP (unique selling point)

Are you struggling to make your podcast stand out in the sea of millions?

Discover the key to permanently ingraining your podcast in the minds of your listeners!

Standing out is essential for growth in a world with over 87 million podcast episodes and counting.

Whether targeting business, mindset, fitness, or personal development, having a Unique Selling Point (USP) can make or break your podcast's success.

Without it, you risk getting lost in the noise. But fear not! In this episode, we delve into why having a USP is crucial and how it attracts sponsors, fosters listener pride, and communicates value to new audiences.

We'll even share a proven three-part framework to help you quickly discover your niche and gain traction.

In this episode, you will:

Gain insights into why having a USP is crucial for attracting sponsors and building a proud listener base.
Learn how to implement a three-part framework to define and amplify your podcast's uniqueness.
Understand practical ways to generate unique ideas and engage your audience, regardless of your show's size or niche.

Download this PDF below to uncover the secrets of crafting a killer USP and take your podcast to the next level!

https://docs.google.com/document/d/1dbGzMoTr9k7XymoBsY8Vl0nRZCgj6PHbJWHh_OqlqVY/edit

To listen now, scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#113 | The 4 Step Growth & Monetizaton Strategy For Effective Podcast Marketing (Part 1/6)

Wed, 27 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wonder why your podcast isn't growing as fast as you'd like?

Today, we're diving into the four-step system that can skyrocket your podcast to 5-10k monthly downloads in six months!

Are you tired of seeing slow growth on your podcast despite your hard work?

The struggle to attract and retain listeners can be frustrating. But what if there was a proven system to fast-track your podcast's growth, turning it into a highly engaging, rapidly expanding show?

This episode reveals the secrets behind our four-step growth and retention system, helping you understand why your podcast isn't growing and providing actionable strategies to overcome this hurdle.

In this episode, you will:

Learn how to build a unique selling point (USP) that sets your podcast apart in a crowded market.
Discover the key to creating a demand-based content strategy that keeps listeners returning for more and makes your podcast binge-worthy.
Uncover the secrets to ranking higher on Apple and Spotify with effective podcast SEO, driving organic growth for your show.

Don't miss the opportunity to transform your podcast's growth trajectory!

Follow us on your preferred platform and stay tuned for the next episode, in which we'll explore each step of our proven system in more detail.

Hit that follow button now and join us on this journey to podcast success!

To listen now, scroll up and press play

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#112 | How Gary Reached 1.5 Million Monthly Downloads (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 25 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode, Gary of "Everything Everywhere Daily" reveals how he grew his podcast to over 1.5 million monthly downloads per month.

Host Names: Gary Arndt

Show Name: "Everything Everywhere Daily"

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 1.5 million monthly downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Educational & Personal Development.

You can find "Everything Everywhere Daily" here

And this is one of those episodes.

So, if you want to understand what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click on the play button!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#111 | The Sad Truth About Growing Any Podcast (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 22 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you tirelessly working on your podcast but seeing little to no growth?

This episode reveals why most podcasters fail to see substantial growth.

You're not alone if you've poured hours into your podcast, tirelessly and consistently promoting it, yet you're not seeing the listener numbers or engagement you desire.

In this episode, you'll learn why hard work and consistency alone might not be enough to propel your podcast forward, you will also:

1) Gain a new perspective on podcast growth strategies beyond hard work and consistency.

2) Learn to identify whether you're stuck in a cycle of fruitless labour or paralysed by overthinking and inaction.

3) Discover actionable steps to align your efforts in the right direction for significant podcast growth.

To listen, scroll up and press play.

Next week, our six-part series will unveil our proven four-step growth and retention system.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#110 | 3 Reasons Why Your Podcast Might Be Losing Listeners & How To Fix For Faster Growth & Monetization

Wed, 20 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to understand why your podcast isn't growing as fast as you'd like?

In this episode, Anthony and Taig explore the common reasons why podcasts lose listeners and what you can do to fix it.

Whether you're experiencing a decline in engagement or stagnant growth, this episode offers valuable insights and actionable steps to revitalise your podcast and attract a highly engaged audience.

In this episode, you will:

1) Gain clarity on why your podcast might be losing listeners, whether due to stale content, self-serving approaches, or lack of investment in improvement.

2) Learn practical strategies for evolving your content to keep listeners engaged, staying audience-focused to provide maximum value, and investing in yourself and your podcast to maintain relevance and growth.

3) Discover how making intentional changes and continuously upgrading your podcast can increase engagement, retention, and overall success in the podcasting world.

Are you ready to breathe new life into your podcast and attract thousands of highly engaged listeners?

Scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#109 | Is Lack Of Focus Causing Your Podcast Growth & Marketing Efforts To Slow Down? (Roast The Show)

Mon, 18 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you a podcaster struggling to grow your audience?

In this episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing," we discuss the importance of not falling victim to shiny object syndrome and provide an in-depth analysis of "Life After Menopause," a podcast for anyone wanting to learn how to navigate menopause safely.

Every podcaster faces the challenge of reaching and engaging their target audience effectively.

Whether you're discussing how menopause can affect your life, understanding how to tailor your podcast to your audience's needs and preferences is essential.

This episode provides valuable insights into audience engagement, marketing strategies, and content creation that are relevant to podcasters in any genre.

We know it can be hard to understand how to adapt your show best to match your audience's needs and wants to drive faster growth…

And that’s why in this episode you will discover:

Effective techniques to increase your podcast's appeal and reach your intended audience.
Strategies for creating content that resonates with your listeners, keeping them engaged and coming back for more.
Marketing and branding tips to make your podcast stand out in a crowded market.

This roast the show episode, every other Monday, we invite a business owner, coach or professional onto the podcast to get a free podcast audit and roast.

So, if you're ready to listen in as Karen O'Connor gets her show roasted, scroll up and press play!

Recommended:

Cover Design: 99designs

#70 | How To Write a Podcast Show Description That Turns More Strangers Into Listeners

If you want to get your podcast audited click here

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#108 | How To Find Hidden Gems Within Your Podcast For More Effective Marketing & Monetization

Fri, 15 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever felt lost in a sea of podcast analytics, unsure of how to navigate them to unlock your show's true potential?

In this episode we unravel the mysteries of podcast analytics, showing you how to pinpoint your most engaging topics, decide whether solo or guest episodes work best, and even re-purpose old content for renewed success.

In this episode you will also:

1) Gain clarity on how to identify your podcast's most popular topics and leverage them to attract and retain more listeners.

2) Learn how to determine whether solo or guest episodes resonate more with your audience and experiment with different content formats to maximize engagement.

3) Discover the power of re-purposing old, successful episodes to maintain consistency and drive continued growth, even during busy times.

So if you're ready to unlock your podcast's full potential, scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#107 | 3 Proven Ways To Use Your Analytics To Drive Faster Growth, Better Marketing & Monetization

Wed, 13 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to understand your podcast analytics and why your show isn't growing as fast as you'd like?

In this episode we break down the essential steps to leverage your podcast analytics effectively, helping you identify where listeners drop off, which topics resonate the most, and how to measure the success of your promotional efforts.

In this podcast episode you will also:

1) Gain clarity on how to analyze your podcast's retention time to pinpoint areas for improvement, such as intros, outros, or content structure.

2) Learn the Trend Spotter method to identify your most popular podcast topics and where to focus your energy for maximum audience engagement and growth.

3) Discover how to measure the success of your promotional campaigns using analytics, enabling you to make data-driven decisions to enhance your podcast's exposure and monetization potential.

So if you're ready to unlock your podcast's full potential, scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#106 | The Growth & Marketing Steps Kyle & Jon Took To Grow Past 20,000 Monthly Downloads & Do Podcasting Full Time

Mon, 11 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode, Kyle of "Making Math Moments That Matter" reveals how they grew their podcast to over 20,000 downloads per month.

Host Names: Kyle Pearce & Jon Orr

Show Name: "Making Math Moments That Matter"

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 20,000 monthly downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Educational & Personal Development.

You can find "Making Math Moments That Matter" here

Find their second podcast "Canadian Wealth Secrets" here

https://canadianwealthsecrets.com

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click on the play button!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#105 | Why Comparing Yourself To Others Leads To FASTER Podcast Growth, Better Marketing & Monetization

Fri, 08 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever questioned why comparing your podcast to others might be the key to unlocking its growth potential?

In a world where podcasting is becoming increasingly competitive, understanding where your show stands in relation to others can provide valuable insights into what works and what doesn't in your niche.

Leveraging this knowledge can accelerate your podcast's growth and attract a highly engaged audience.

In this podcast episode, you will,

1) gain clarity on your podcast's strengths and weaknesses compared to others in your niche.

2) utilise competition to motivate your podcast to new heights.

3) discover unique strategies to differentiate your show and stand out in a crowded market.

So if you're ready to unlock your podcast's full potential, scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#104 | You Vs Joe Rogan...The Simple Mindset Shift To Win Against Famous Podcasters

Wed, 06 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to grow your podcast despite your efforts?

In this episode, we delve into one of the everyday struggles many podcasters face: stagnation in growth despite all their hard work.

As well as discovering how this relates to investing your time and effort into something that might not yield immediate results, you will also,

1) gain clarity on the crucial inputs required to propel your podcast towards exponential growth.

2) understand the importance of shifting focus from present outcomes to future potentials.

3) learn actionable strategies to align your efforts with the long-term vision for your podcast's success.

If you're ready to unlock your podcast's full potential, scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#103 | You Already Know The Changes You Need To Make On Your Podcast, So Why Don't You Do It? (Roast The Show)

Mon, 04 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you a podcaster struggling to grow your audience?

In this episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing," we discuss the importance of making it clear from your title, artwork and show description who your show is for, including an in-depth analysis of The Agency Accelerator a podcast for anyone wanting to develop and grow their agency.

Every podcaster faces the challenge of reaching and engaging their target audience effectively.

Whether you're discussing leadership styles,the rise of AI coaches, or any other topic, understanding how to tailor your podcast to your audience's needs and preferences is essential.

This episode provides valuable insights into audience engagement, marketing strategies, and content creation that are relevant to podcasters in any genre.

We know it can be hard understanding how to best adapt your show to match your audience needs and wants to drive faster growth…

And that’s why in this episode you will discover:

Effective techniques to increase your podcast's appeal and reach your intended audience.
Strategies for creating content that resonates with your listeners, keeping them engaged and coming back for more.
Marketing and branding tips to make your podcast stand out in a crowded market.

This roast the show episode, every other Monday we invite a business owner, coach or professional onto the podcast to get a free podcast audit and roast.

So if you're ready to listen in as Rob Da Costa gets his show roasted scroll up and press play!

Recommended:

Cover Design: 99designs

#70 | How To Write a Podcast Show Description That Turns More Strangers Into Listeners

If you want to get your podcast audited click here

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#102 | What Does 10,000 Monthly Downloads Do For You & Your Business? (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 01 Mar 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to understand the true impact of reaching 10,000 monthly downloads with your podcast?

In this episode, as well as explaining how hitting this milestone isn't just about seeing a big number on a screen, you will also,

1) understand how it directly correlates to solving the problem of lead generation, making sales effortlessly, and even opens doors to bigger opportunities like attracting high-profile guests and collaborations.

2) learn how hitting 10,000 monthly downloads can transform your podcast into a lead generation powerhouse, amplifying your ability to attract and nurture potential clients or customers.

3) discover the secret behind making sales a breeze as your podcast audience becomes highly engaged and ready to invest in your products or services.

4) uncover the lesser-known benefits, such as easier access to big-name guests and collaboration opportunities, as your podcast grows in influence and reach.

If you're now ready to learn how to unlock the true potential of reaching 10,000 monthly downloads for your podcast and turn those numbers into tangible business growth and success, scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#101 | Use These Pyschological Marketing Principles For Faster Podcasting Growth & Monetization

Wed, 28 Feb 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to grow your podcast audience?

In this episode, we uncover the psychological tricks and principles to rapidly expand your listener base, engage your audience, and monetize your show!

In today's competitive podcasting landscape, gaining traction and standing out is more challenging than ever.

Whether you're a coach, an expert, a business owner, or an independent podcaster, understanding the psychological factors that influence audience behavior is crucial.

By leveraging these principles, you can overcome stagnation, attract high-profile guests, and increase your revenue streams.

As well as discovering actionable strategies to propel your podcast to new heights,in this episode you'll also,

1) learn how to utilize social proof to attract top-tier guests and establish credibility in your niche.

2) understand the importance of testimonials and reviews in reducing decision fatigue and enticing potential guests and listeners.

3) discover how crafting a compelling podcast description with built-in social proof can significantly boost listener engagement and episode downloads.

If you're now ready to supercharge your podcast growth, scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#100 | How Ryan & Cory Grew To 10,000 Monthly Downloads & Built A High Value Network (The Importance Of Long Term Mindset)

Mon, 26 Feb 2024 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode we have Ryan & Cory of "The Weekly Juice" reveal how they grew their podcast to 10,000 downloads per month.

Host Names: Cory Jacobson & Ryan Bevilacqua

Show Name: "The Weekly Juice"

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 10,000 monthly downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Real Estate, Personal Finance, Investing.

You can find "The Weekly Juice" here

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click on the play button!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#99 | A New Way To Monetize Your Podcast Through Creating Self Published Books - Monetization Strategy Revealed

Fri, 23 Feb 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to grow your podcast and wondering how to monetize it effectively without actually asking your listeners for a penny?

In this episode we dive straight into the strategy of turning your podcast content into a profitable self-published book.

As well as discovering how this method can address common podcast growth challenges while unlocking new avenues for revenue generation you will also learn how to...

1) gain massive brand authority and stand out as an expert in your field.

2) leverage your existing audience to skyrocket book reviews and long-term book sales.

3) seamlessly monetize your podcast while Amazon takes care of printing, shipping, and returns.

So if you're ready to transform your podcast into a revenue-generating machine,scroll up & press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#98 | 3 Ways To Turn Podcast Guesting Rejections In Opportunities For Massive Growth (Marketing Tips)

Wed, 21 Feb 2024 04:00:00 +0100

If you're struggling to expand your podcast audience, tapping into other podcasts' audiences through guest appearances can be a game-changer.

In this episode, we delve into a step-by-step guide to mastering guesting, from overcoming rejection to maximizing exposure through pod swaps and sponsorship.

In this episode you will also...

1) learn how to turn rejection into opportunity with pod swaps, where you and another podcaster mutually promote each other's shows.

2) discover the affordability and effectiveness of sponsoring other podcasts to widen your reach and gain new listeners.

3) gain insights into the power of persistence and re-targeting to secure guest spots even after initial rejections.

If you're now ready to learn 3 ways to turn podcast guesting rejections In opportunities for massive growth, just scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#97 | An Intense Debate On Niching Down, Effective Growth Strategies & Podcast Marketing Principles (Roast The Show)

Mon, 19 Feb 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you a podcaster struggling to grow your audience?

Every podcaster faces the challenge of reaching and engaging their target audience effectively.

Whether you're discussing , detachment, manifestation,personal development, or any other topic, understanding how to tailor your podcast to your audience's needs and preferences is essential.

This episode provides valuable insights into audience engagement, marketing strategies, and content creation that are relevant to podcasters in any genre.

We know it can be hard understanding how to best adapt your show to match your audience needs and wants to drive faster growth…

And that’s why in this episode you will discover:

Effective techniques to increase your podcast's appeal and reach your intended audience.
Strategies for creating content that resonates with your listeners, keeping them engaged and coming back for more.
Marketing and branding tips to make your podcast stand out in a crowded market.

This roast the show episode, every other Monday we invite a business owner, coach or professional onto the podcast to get a free podcast audit and roast.

So if you're ready to listen in as Christina gets her show roasted scroll up and press play!

Recommended:

Cover Design: 99designs

#70 | How To Write a Podcast Show Description That Turns More Strangers Into Listeners

If you want to get your podcast audited click here

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#96 | How To Make Listeners NOT Want To Buy Your Stuff (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 16 Feb 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to convert listeners into customers through your podcast?

In this episode you'll discover the secrets to ensuring your audience doesn't tune out but eagerly engages with whatever you offer.

In this episode, we're delve into the common mistakes that turn off potential buyers, revealing why pitching too early, neglecting to position yourself as the authority, and halfhearted selling can sabotage your podcast's revenue potential.

By understanding these pitfalls, you can align your podcast strategy to better serve your audience's needs, paving the way for increased engagement and conversions.

In this episode you'll discover,

how to gain insights into the common mistakes that repel listeners from purchasing your products or services.
how to position yourself as an authority and build trust with your audience, fostering a community of engaged listeners.
the importance of crafting compelling pitches and strategically placing them within your content to maximize impact and drive conversions.

So if you're ready to learn how to make listeners NOT want to buy your stuff scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#95 | Why Sponsorships & Ad Rolls Are A Complete SCAM When Trying To Market & Monetize Your Podcast

Wed, 14 Feb 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to monetize your podcast effectively?

In this episode you will discover why sponsorship deals and ad rolls might not be the best route.

If you're a podcaster looking to turn your passion into profit, understanding the pitfalls of traditional monetisation methods like sponsorship and ad rolls is crucial.

In a world where every listener counts, learning why promoting your own products or services might offer a more lucrative and sustainable path to success.

In this episode you will:

1) Gain insight into the reality of podcast monetisation and the limitations of traditional methods.

2) Understand the benefits and potential drawbacks of promoting someone else's products versus selling your own.

3) Discover why focusing on developing and marketing your own offerings could lead to greater financial rewards and listener satisfaction.

If you're ready to learn why sponsorship & ad rolls are a complete SCAM when trying To monetise your podcast, scroll up and press play now.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#94 | SA Grant Grew His Podcast To 50,000 Monthly Downloads Using These Uncoventional Growth & Monetization Strategies

Mon, 12 Feb 2024 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode we have SA Grant of "Boss Uncaged" reveal how he grew his podcast to 50,000 downloads per month.

Host Name: SA Grant

Show Name: "Boss Uncaged"

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 50,000 monthly downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Business

You can find "Boss Uncaged" here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#93 | What's The Perfect Length For A Podcast Episode? (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 09 Feb 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you constantly wrestling with the question of how long your podcast episodes should be for engagement and growth?

The ideal podcast episode length is not a one-size-fits-all formula.

It depends on your audience's consumption habits, your content's nature, and the engagement level you're seeking.

With podcasts ranging from quick 15-minute insights to in-depth discussions lasting over an hour, finding your podcast's perfect length can significantly impact its success.

Here’s what can go wrong when you don’t have the right podcast length:

Episodes that drag on beyond the listener's interest can lead to lower engagement.

New potential listeners might be deterred by episodes that seem too lengthy for their taste or too short to provide value, making it hard to grow your audience.

If your call to action is placed at the end of a long episode and most listeners drop off early, they might miss important action you want them to take.

Finally if content is not concise or well-edited it can lead to a perception of lower quality shows.

And that’s why in this episode you’ll discover:

How to understand what your analytics mean and what changes to make in different situations.
Why you should consider catering the length of your episode to your audience rather than sticking to a rigid format.
And how to find out what resonates best with your listeners, ensuring they stay engaged and respond to your calls to action.

So if you're ready to find out the answer the the question 'What's The Perfect Episode Length For Faster Podcast Growth & Higher Engagement?' scroll up and press play.

Recommended Resources:

Once you're have the information from this episode, head to Apple Podcast Connect or Spotify for Podcasters, to check your analytics.

This information will help identify the average point where listeners drop off significantly during your intro.

The perfect podcast length is within your reach!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#92 | 3 Ways To Increase The Discoverability Of Your Podcast For Faster Growth & Monetization

Wed, 07 Feb 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why your podcast isn't growing or even worse, why it seems to be shrinking!

If this is resonating, don't panic because in this episode, we're discussing the three tried and tested methods that when executed can mean high discoverability for your podcast.

In today's digital age, getting your podcast discovered is a familiar battle. Whether you're a coach, expert, business owner, or an independent podcaster, the struggle can be very frustrating and feel very real.

The good news?

We've identified the three strategies that will help boost your podcast's visibility and fast-track your growth.

Amongst other things, in this episode we break down the following.

How To unlock the Power of Organic Search and SEO: and understand how to optimize your podcast for platforms like Apple and Spotify, making it much easier for potential listeners to find you in the vast sea of podcast content.
Explain how to master Social Media and Word of Mouth: The secret sauce not being consistent self promotion but actually your ability to master the art of engagement.
Finally we'll be explaining how to leverage guesting on other shows to encourage your Podcast's explosive growth:

So if you're ready to turn things around for your podcast just scroll up and hit play on this episode now.

Also if you'd like our professional and personalised feedback and feature on a upcoming "Roast To Show" click here or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

View Client Results & Case Studies Here.

https://getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

Or Visit getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

Get More Listeners Recommendations:

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics?

Try Captivate: Get a FREE 7-day Trial Here.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#91 | Adapting Podcasts For Listener Behavior & The Cost of Broad Marketing For Growth & Monetization (Roast The Show)

Mon, 05 Feb 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you a podcaster struggling to grow your audience?

In this episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing," we delve into the universal principles of podcast growth, using real-life case studies, including an in-depth analysis of "Science 360" a podcast for educators.

Every podcaster faces the challenge of reaching and engaging their target audience effectively.

Whether you're discussing education, science, or any other topic, understanding how to tailor your podcast to your audience's needs and preferences is essential.

This episode provides valuable insights into audience engagement, marketing strategies, and content creation that are relevant to podcasters in any genre.

We know it can be hard understanding how to best adapt your show to match your audience needs and wants to drive faster growth…

And that’s why in this episode you will discover:

Effective techniques to increase your podcast's appeal and reach your intended audience.
Strategies for creating content that resonates with your listeners, keeping them engaged and coming back for more.
Marketing and branding tips to make your podcast stand out in a crowded market.

This roast the show episode, every other Monday we invite a business owner, coach or professional onto the podcast to get a free podcast audit and roast.

We deep dive into their current marketing highlight areas that are holding them back from faster growth and monetization.

Provide them and you actionable steps you can start applying today to experience faster podcast growth.

So if you're ready to listen in as Tim gets his show roasted scroll up and press play!

Recommended:

Cover Design: 99designs

#70 | How To Write a Podcast Show Description That Turns More Strangers Into Listeners

If you want to get your podcast audited click here

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#90 | The New Way Of Building A Growth Process Without The Guesswork (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 02 Feb 2024 04:00:00 +0100

The New Way Of Building A Growth Process Without The Guesswork - Recap Rundown

This is a recap rundown episode for episode '#56 | How To Build a Proven Podcast Growth Strategy Using A Scientific Approach - Audience Growth Hacks Revealed'

Where we covered:

What a positive feedback loop is and why are they so important for podcast growth
How to pinpoint the specific actions that drive growth for your podcast using a data-driven approach.
And how to permanently delete ineffective growth tactics that are a total waste of time

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5-minute episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to building a proven growth process, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#89 | How To Fast Track Your Podcast Growth Using This Weird Scientific Approach - Podcast Marketing Secrets Revealed

Wed, 31 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

What if there was a way to have full clarity on the actions that drive growth for your podcast?

In other words what if getting more listeners for your show wasn't guesswork?

Most podcaster's approach to growth is...

Throw crap at the wall and see what sticks.

The issue, even after throwing crap at the wall for months even years sometimes they still haven't found what sticks.

It's a vicious cycle of posting on social media, getting high-profile guests on, and asking listeners to share the content, which rarely drives growth.

And only leaves you more confused as to where your listeners are even coming from.

And here's the thing.

If you want to grow, engage your audience, build a highly engaged community, and make money from your show.

You need to know the actions that drive growth.

You can't keep taking random actions, hoping that growth will happen.

It rarely does, and honestly most podcasters 'growth strategies' are non-existent...

or wishful thinking.

Now I don't know about you but I want to have more control over the growth of my show.

I want to know how to make more impact, experience faster growth, and make more money without wasting years on effective strategies that don't work.

I want to have clarity on the few actions that drive 90% of the growth and just focus on them.

It just makes sense.

So that's why in this episode you'll discover:

What a positive feedback loop is and why are they so important for podcast growth?
How to pinpoint the specific actions that drive growth for your podcast using a data-driven approach.
And how to permanently delete ineffective growth tactics that are a total waste of time

So with that being said, if you're ready to save time, stop the guesswork, and gain clarity on how to quickly pinpoint the few actions that drive growth for your podcast scroll up and click play.

Recommendations: If you want to get your podcast audited click here

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#88 | The Marketing & Monetization Steps Adam Adams Took To Grow Past 30,000 Monthly Downloads & $30k/Month Revenue

Mon, 29 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered why your podcast isn't growing as fast as you'd like?

Are you struggling to gain thousands of new highly engaged listeners?

Stay tuned as Adam Adams, a successful podcaster with tens of thousands of listeners, spills on the strategies, failures, and mindset needed to fast-track your podcast's growth.

If you're a coach, expert, business owner, or aspiring full-time podcaster, you'll discover the key steps to overcome the common challenges and propel your podcast to new heights.

And even more on this episode you will discover:

The untapped opportunities of running a successful podcast, such as networking with significant players in your niche and accessing platforms built by others.
The art of effective podcast monetisation, including the three common ways (CPM model, sponsorships, and selling your product or service) with real-world examples.
The five crucial questions every podcaster should answer, from the perfect time to quit your job and go full-time with your podcast to practical tips on reaching 10,000 downloads per month through marketing strategies.

Ready to find out the details you need on how to faster growth and monetisation? If so, ccroll up and press play.

Find more on Adam Adams Here:

Current Show Name: The Podcast On Podcasting

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#87 | How To Overcome Self-Doubt & Imposter Syndrome When Building a Podcasting Audience

Fri, 26 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever felt hesitant about pitching your podcast to bigger shows?

Or do you ever find yourself not taking the actions you know you should be taking to grow your show?

We can be our own best friend or worst enemy.

At the start of this year I was sooo scared of pitching myself to big podcasts.

Sounds crazy, maybe a tad embarrassing for a podcast coach...

But it's the truth.

"This one's too big for me" or "Why even try?".

That's the definition of self sabotage!

And in this episode you'll discover:

How I was able to overcome fear of rejection and imposter syndrome in podcast pitching.

Practical strategies to shift your mindset from a place of avoidance to action

And finally, how to gamify failure and rejection to drive further growth for your podcast.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#86 | A Step-By-Step Guide To Guesting On More Podcasts: Growth & Marketing Strategies Revealed

Wed, 24 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to get your podcast noticed amidst thousands of shows?

Are you looking for a reliable way to consistently get in front of thousands of your ideal listeners each month?

And are you open to using a short cut that allows you to leverage other people's audience to grow your own?

If so, I think you'll find this episode useful.

Most people know and understand the power of podcast guesting, but most podcasters don't know where to start when it comes to featuring as a guest.

From who to pitch to.

To how to pitch.

To how to track if what you're doing is working or not.

And though guesting is a crucial part of driving more growth, it's an often overlooked strategy.

And that's why in this episode you will discover:

How to effectively identify and contact relevant podcasts for guest appearances.
The art of crafting compelling pitches that get you noticed.
Insights on tracking and optimizing your pitching efforts to maximum impact.

So if you're ready to start guesting on other podcasts without going through years of trial and error to understand what works and what doesn't, and if you're looking for a simple and easy way to start guesting on other top shows in your niche, this is a perfect starting point. Scroll up and press play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#85 | Revamping Show Name, Avoid Keyword-Stuffing with Podcast SEO Growth Marketing

Mon, 22 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode we audit Kevin Lowe's podcast and highlight specific elements of his show that could be holding him back from faster growth.

We're currently experimenting a new podcast format/segment for our podcast 'Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing'.

We're getting listeners onto the show for a roast the podcast session / podcast audit.

We hope to provide real life examples of changes podcasters can start making today to better attract, engage and retain new listeners.

The show being audited today/roasted:

Host Name: Kevin's Lowe

Show Name: Grit, Grace and Inspiration.

The issues Kevin is facing with his current podcast:

Slow growth

Low engagement

Struggling to understand why his SEO isn't working

Unable to communicate who his show is for and how best to attract them

And by the end of the episode, Kevin walks away with:

A revamped show name that better communicates who his podcast is for

Fixed SEO issues, making his show more visible to the right listeners

And a brand new intro format to boost his show's engagement

So if you're nosy and want to know what things you need to potentially do to experience faster growth with your podcast, scroll up and press play.

Recommendations: If you want to get your podcast audited click here

Or visit: https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#84 | How To Build a Content Marketing Strategy That Helps You Grow & Monetize Your Podcast Without Being Salesy Part 2

Fri, 19 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why your podcast isn't growing as fast as you'd like?

Today's episode dives into a proven strategy to attract and engage listeners and effortlessly convert them into eager buyers.

If you're a coach, expert, business owner, or independent podcaster aiming for full-time success, this episode is your guide to building a content strategy that aligns with your audience's needs, leading to rapid and sustainable growth.

In the episode you will discover:

The crucial steps to position your podcast for maximum impact and turn engaged listeners into paying clients without the need for heavy sales tactics.

The secrets to positioning your podcast for a specific person, focusing on a unique pain point, and promising a tangible outcome.

How to outline and address the mini-pain points your audience faces, transforming them into engaging podcast content that seamlessly leads to solutions.

Insights on packaging your episodes attractively to capture your target audience's attention and effortlessly sell them on the value your podcast provides.

So if you're ready to gain a deeper understanding of how to transform your content strategy to attract, engage, and convert listeners into eager buyers scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#83 | How To Position Your Podcast As The ONLY Option For Listeners To Buy From Part 1 (Growth & Monetization Tips)

Wed, 17 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why your podcast isn't growing as fast as you'd like?

In this episode, we unveil a game-changing strategy to monetise your podcast quickly, even with a small audience.

Stick around to discover how Sheridan made $12,000 in just 30 days with her podcast, targeting a specific niche.

If you're a coach, expert, business owner, or an independent podcaster dreaming of turning your podcast into a positive ROI show, this episode is tailored for you.

We'll show you why having a focused, targeted show, solving a specific problem, and using a unique mechanism can be the key to growing your podcast and monetizing it effectively.

Forget the traditional approach – we're here to give your content strategy a face lift and get so you can get more tangible results.

In this episode you will discover:

How to create a focused and targeted podcast that resonates with one specific audience.
The importance of solving a specific pain point and promising a clear desired outcome to attract engaged listeners.
Why you need a unique mechanism to set your podcast apart, helping you build a personalized and valuable connection with your audience.

If you want to turn your podcast into a powerful marketing engine scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#82 | From Nervous Beginnings to Millions of Podcast Downloads, Growth & Marketing Lessons From Alex Charfen

Mon, 15 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode Alex host of Momentum for the Entrepreneurial Personality Type reveals the power of having focused podcast targeting when creating podcast content and how that help podcasters build stronger, relationship with listeners.

Host Name: Alex Charfen

Show Name: Momentum for the Entrepreneurial Personality Type

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 20,000

Niche/Focus of show: Entrepreneurship

You can find Alex Charfen here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Or Visit https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View Client Results & Case Studies Here.

https://getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

Or Visit getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#81 | How Podcasters Self Sabotage Faster Growth & Monetization Opportunities By Making This One Mistake

Fri, 12 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered why your podcast isn't growing as fast as you'd like?

Anthony Winery is on fire in this episode, revealing the one thing sabotaging your podcast growth hidden in plain sight!

If you're struggling with gaining exposure, attracting the right audience, or monetising your podcast, Anthony's rage-filled revelation might be your wake-up call.

This episode digs deep into the essence of your podcast, explaining how clarity on your target audience, pain points, and desired outcomes can unlock tremendous growth opportunities.

Uncover the secrets to crafting a podcast name that attracts your ideal listeners.
Master creating a compelling show description that turns strangers into loyal listeners.
Learn the importance of precise targeting in designing cover art that resonates with your audience, ensuring they click and explore your show.

Feeling stuck in your podcast growth?

Take the next hour to reflect on your podcast's essence. Define your target audience, identify the pain points you address, and articulate how you help your listeners. This crucial step can transform your podcasting journey.

Ready to level up? Hit play now!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#80 | Top 5 Lessons We’ve Learned From Podcasts Getting 10,000 Monthly Downloads (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Wed, 10 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever feel like you're producing excellent content but struggling to engage your audience?

In this episode, we dive deep into the top lessons from podcasts with 10,000+ monthly downloads.

Are you ready to uncover faster podcast success?

If you're a coach, expert, business owner, or an independent podcaster aiming to turn your passion into a full-time venture, this episode is tailored for you.

Over the last 4 months, we’ve had successful podcasters guest on our show and drop insane value on our episodes.

Their wins, failures and mistakes they have made along the way.

You might be new or maybe an OG listener, but we thought we would take the time to gather the most significant lessons and takeaways we’ve had…And, of course, share them with you.

In this episode, you’ll discover How successful podcasts evolve through intentional changes and why experimenting with your podcast's direction can lead to explosive growth.

Why an email list is a game-changer for podcasters, providing a direct and intimate connection with your audience.

Understand why consistency is a prerequisite for podcast success and go beyond by learning the importance of never stopping, even in challenging times. And finally, why is comparing your podcast to others a good thing?

We recap some real stories of podcasters who pushed through difficulties and achieved remarkable results.

So, if you’re ready to clarify why your podcast might fall short, learn the proven steps to fast-track your growth, gain thousands of engaged listeners, scroll up, and press play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#79 | Stephen Grew His Podcast Audience To 300,000 Monthly Downloads Using These Simple Audience Growth Hacks

Mon, 08 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode, Stephen Devincenzi, reveals how he grew his podcast to over 300,000 monthly downloads with guesting and collaborations

Host Name: Stephen Devincenzi,

Show Name: Simple English News Daily SEND 7

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 300,000 Monthly Downloads

Niche/Focus of show: News

You can find Stephen Devincenzi here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#78 | Why You Shouldn't Promote On Multiple Social Media Marketing Platforms (Podcasting Growth Tips)

Fri, 05 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered if you should be promoting your podcast on all social media platforms?

As podcasters, we're often told to be everywhere on social media.

It sounds logical for exposure, but is it the most effective strategy?

In this episode, we delve into the pros and cons of a multi-platform social media approach for podcast promotion where you'll discover:

How Promoting Your Podcast On Multiple Social Media Platform Leads To Slower Growth
How to allocate your time, team, and budget more effectively for social media marketing.
Practical tips for identifying the best platform for your podcast

So if you're ready for a more focused year of podcasting, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#77 | Exposing Podcast SEO Myths You Have To Avoid If You Want Faster Growth In 2024 - SEO Marketing Strategies

Wed, 03 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Ready to break down and demystify podcast SEO?

In this rapidly evolving podcasting world, it's vital to stay ahead of misconceptions that can hinder your growth.

This episode is dedicated to shattering myths about podcast SEO and aligning your strategy with what truly works.

In this episode you will discover:

The reality behind common myths that hold podcasters back when it comes to podcast SEO
How podcast SEO isn't as complicated as it seems
Why simply adding keywords to titles isn’t enough to rank your podcast higher on Apple & Spotify.

So if you're ready to dive deeper into the world of podcast SEO, if you want to understand where most podcaster go wrong and how to avoid these mistakes scroll up and press play.

Want to get your podcast roasted/get free personalized 1-1 coaching by Anthony and Taig?

Go to:

https://getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit

Recommended Resources:

# 23 | What Is Podcast SEO? How Can You Use It To Rank Higher On Apple & Spotify (Intro To Podcast SEO Part 1)

#26 | How To Increase Your Podcasts Discoverability On Apple & Spotify (Podcast SEO Part 2)

#29 | The 3 Things You Need To Focus On To Increase Your Visibility on Apple & Spotify (Podcast SEO Part 3)

#32 | 5 Common Mistakes That Could Be Hurting Your Podcast Engagement (Podcast SEO Part 4)

#35 | How To Establish Your Expertise, Increase Relevancy & Build Your Podcast's Authority (SEO Part 5)

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#76 | Our Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing Growth Plans For 2024 (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 01 Jan 2024 04:00:00 +0100

Want to know what's in store for your podcast in 2024?

In this episode, we're unveiling our plans for the year ahead and sharing how you can become a more integral part of our podcasting community.

This is your chance to learn from us directly and apply our insights to grow your podcast.

In this episode you will discover

Why we're keeping the duo episodes with Anthony and Taig, focusing on practical, bite-sized podcasting tips in 10-15 minute episodes.
The changes happening with the Monday episodes.
And how to participate in constructive, fun, and informative sessions where we audit and provide feedback on your podcast.

2024...

It's a unique opportunity to get personalized advice and guidance to improve your show.

So if you're ready to get a clear idea on wether or not our 2024 plans sounds like what you need more of in 2024, scroll up and press play!

If you're eager to enhance your podcast and ready for some honest, constructive feedback, participate in our Roast the Show sessions!

Simply visit getmorelisteners.com/podcastaudit to apply.

Be prepared for some fun, engaging interaction, and invaluable personalized advice to grow your podcast in 2024.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

Merry Christmas, Love From Anthony & Taig

Sun, 24 Dec 2023 03:45:00 +0100

Curious about what's next for your podcast in 2024?

As this year wraps up, it's the perfect time to reflect and plan for your podcast's future.

In this special episode, we share insights and fun moments, along with a hint of what's to come in the new year.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#74 | Why Podcast SEO NEEDS To Be Part Your Growth Strategy In 2024 - Search Engine Optimization & Marketing

Sat, 23 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Are you ready to make podcast SEO a game-changer for your podcast's growth in 2024?

With the podcasting evolving rapidly, understanding and implementing effective podcast SEO strategies has become crucial.

This episode delves into why focusing on podcast SEO is essential for leveraging the growing pool of podcast listeners and ensuring your podcast stands out on platforms like Apple and Spotify.

And here the thing, right now this is a goldmine.

So many podcasters are totally clueless about podcast SEO.

Which means you can rank super high super fast, because no one is applying it.

But this won't last forever, becuase althoguh right now not alot of people know abotu it...

It's only going to get more and more competitive! As this hidden growth strategy become more common knowledge.

But whilst it's still on the down low, you might be wondering how can you take advantage of this and get ahead?

And that's why in this episode you'll discover:

The passive benefits of podcast SEO once set up, offering high ROI with minimal ongoing effort.
The expanding podcast listener base which is continually growing, to increase your podcast's reach.
The competitive advantage of podcast SEO in a market where many are yet to realize its potential, giving you a first-mover edge.

If you're not on the first page on Apple or Spotify for your main keywords and you want to prioritize podcast SEO for faster growth and monetization in 2024 start now by scrolling up and pressing play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#73 | 3 Ways To Use AI For Faster Podcast Growth, Effective Marketing & Monetization In 2024 With ChatGPT

Fri, 22 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Are you leveraging AI for the rapid growth and monetization of your podcast?

This episode is for busy podcasters eager to embrace the AI tools for enhancing their podcast's growth and monetization strategies.

We know everything is evolving rapidly, staying ahead with AI can be a game-changer for your podcast and your overall productivity and we're here to make sure that happens.

In this episode you will discover:

How to use AI for efficient content repurposing, saving precious hours each week.
How AI can help create compelling podcast promotional content, making your marketing efforts more effective.
A totally NEW WAY to use AI for brainstorming creative show names and crafting engaging podcast intros.

We also break down, how we are currently helping clients make money with ChatPGT!

If you're ready to dive into this episode to uncover the secrets (bold I know just go with it) of using AI for your podcast's scroll up and press play!

Recommendation and Resources:

Listen to episode #56 | How To Use Chat GPT To Create Killer Podcast Show Notes In 5 Minutes Or Less (For Faster Audience Growth)

If you missed the episode where we broke down how effectively use your show notes to get more listeners.

And here the prompt you can steal to turn your podcast transcripts into killer show note:

Attention (A): Please provide a hook question that grabs the reader's attention and is specific to the podcast episode's topic.

Interest (I): With the focus on the reader, explain how the episode topic relates to a current problem or desired outcome for the reader.

Desire (D): List the three main benefits listeners will gain from the episode without using the 'Title: Subtitle' format.

Action (A): Include a one-sentence, specific, incentive-based call to action for the reader to play the episode without mentioning any extra CTAs from the transcript.

Please follow the steps above to create podcast show notes from this transcript:

[INSERT EPISODE TRANSCRIPT HERE]

Don't worry it's okay to steal once in a while ;)

PS for the record we are totally against stealing, but you have our permission so go ahead...

It's okay...

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#72 | How Low Podcast Engagement Can Sabotage Your Call To Action (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Thu, 21 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

How does your podcast's retention time impact your call-to-action conversion rates?

In today's episode, we delve into a critical aspect of podcasting often overlooked:

The relationship between episode retention times and the effectiveness of your calls to action.

Understanding this connection is vital if you're looking to engage their audience more deeply and encourage action, whether it's signing up for a newsletter, joining a community, booking a call or making a purchase.

And that is why in this episode you'll discover:

How to analyze your episode analytics to pinpoint when listeners are tuning out.
The optimal points in your episodes to insert calls to action for maximum impact.
How to tailor your content to maintain listener interest throughout the episode, ensuring they stay tuned in for your calls to action.

So if you are ready to transform your podcast's retention rates and boost your call-to-action conversions scroll up and click play!

Recommendations use these two platform to find out what your average retention time is and spot where listeners start to drop off!

https://podcastsconnect.apple.com/

https://podcasters.spotify.com/

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#71 | 3 Reasons Why Listeners Are Ignoring Your Call To Action & What To Do Instead For More Growth & Monetization

Wed, 20 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Are you wondering why your podcast's call to action isn't driving the engagement you desire?

In this episode, we dive into a critical yet often overlooked aspect of podcasting:

Why listeners might be ignoring your call to action.

Understanding this is crucial for any podcaster aiming to deepen audience engagement, drive traffic to their platforms, or boost program sign-ups.

In this episode you'll discover:

The importance of having a single, focused call to action rather than overwhelming your audience with multiple requests.
How to craft calls to action that offer clear value or incentives, making it irresistible for listeners to engage.
Common mistakes podcasters make with calls to action and how to avoid them to ensure your message resonates and prompts action.

If you want to find out how to capture your audience's attention and encourage them to take the next step in engaging with your content or services, scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#70 | How To Write a Podcast Show Description That Turns More Strangers Into Listeners & Drives More Growth For Your Business

Tue, 19 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

What’s the #1 thing new listeners look at when considering whether to listen to your podcast or not?

No, not your cover.

Not the episode title.

Not even your show notes.

And not even the guests you have on the show…

Surprisingly, it’s your show description.

It's the #1 thing new listeners look at when considering a new show to listen to (podcasthost.com).

YES.

Your show description.

You know that thing you wrote when you first launched and haven’t optimized since then…?

YUP, turns out that’s statistically the #1 thing new listeners look at when considering a new podcast to listen to.

Seriously.

But here is the thing, most podcasters have no clue that it’s their billboard…

It’s the main thing that will either attract or repel more new listeners.

The sad thing is after auditing 100s of podcast show descriptions, I can tell you, that most are repelling more new listeners…than attracting.

And yours might be.

Now I don’t know about you, but show description? Well that sounds boring. But if we are trying to be a pro and turn more strangers into listeners we have to give it attention.

So in this episode, me and Taig, my co-host for this show, geek out and spill all the beans on:

Why can't you afford not to revamp your current show description if you want to attract new listeners
Our 5 part framework is to write a killer show description that instantly turns strangers into active listeners of your podcast
A psychological trick you can use to get more strangers to take action and engage with your show right away

And that’s exactly what you’ll discover after listening to this episode.

So if you’re ready to visit an old friend you haven’t seen for a while (your podcast description)…

To give her or him a makeover so you can start attracting more of the listeners you want to reach…

I suggest you grab some popcorn, a pen, and paper, and your full attention and enjoy the show ;)

Scroll up and click play.

Show Description Checklist:

3. List the Benefits: Clearly outline what listeners will gain from your podcast. Mention three specific benefits or transformations they can expect by tuning in.

4. Share a Mini Story: In one or two sentences, share the genesis of your podcast. This personal touch adds relatability and credibility.

6. Incentivize with a Call to Action: Finally, direct potential listeners to a specific, fan-favorite episode. This focused call to action, coupled with the promise of value (incentive), encourages immediate engagement.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#69 | The 3 Marketing Mindset Shifts You Need To Make To Fast-Track Your Podcast Growth & Monetization

Mon, 18 Dec 2023 20:00:00 +0100

Are you ready to revolutionize your podcasting approach in 2024?

Sounds dramatic so let me explain.

This episode is focused on the mindset shifts needed for success in the evolving podcast landscape...

By adapting these shifts, you're not just enhancing your podcast's quality; you're aligning it more closely with what your audience truly seeks, paving the way for organic growth and deeper listener engagement.

In this episode you'll discover:

How to make every aspect of your podcast—from the show name to episode titles—centered around your audience's needs and interests.
The power of experimenting with your podcast format and content to identify what resonates most with your audience.
Why prioritizing content quality and value over direct monetization can lead to more profound and sustainable success.

So if you're ready to discover the 3 mindset shifts you need to make to fast-track podcast growth in 2024...scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#68 | How To Use Your Most Popular Podcast Episodes For Faster Growth (Content Marketing Tips For Entrepreneurs)

Sun, 17 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered how your past podcast success can shape your future growth?

Understanding which episodes resonated most with your audience in 2023 can be a goldmine for strategizing your podcast's growth in 2024.

This process isn't just about reflecting on your past achievements;

It's about leveraging these insights to create content that aligns more closely with your audience's interests and preferences.

In this episode you will discover:

How to analyze your most popular episodes to uncover topics that captivate your audience.
3 creative ways to repurpose these successful episodes
Whether or not you should use this analysis to potentially pivot or niche down your podcast for more targeted and effective content in 2024.

If you're ready to take the first step in reviewing your podcast analytics to identify your top-performing episodes, both in terms of downloads and retention and if you want to know how to use these insights to craft a content strategy that builds upon your previous success, paving the way for even greater growth in 2024 scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#67 | The Dirty Side To Podcast Pitching That No One Tells You About (Podcast Marketing & Growth Strategies)

Sat, 16 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Are you ready to tackle the often-ignored, dirty side of podcast pitching?

Growing your audience by guesting other podcasts is a great strategy.

But the process of pitching can be daunting...

Filled with uncertainties and unspoken tactics you have to deploy for guesting as a strategy to be effective.

And that's why in this episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing" dives into the less-talked-about aspects of podcast pitching, ensuring you're well-prepared when you start pitching to guest on other podcasts.

In this episode you will discover:

How to craft email subject lines that get your pitch noticed and opened.
How to follow up without being pushy
And why you need to use using humor to engage potential hosts

We also breakdown in this episode how you can use AI to refine your pitch, making it concise and impactful, without losing the personal touch.

So if you're ready to discover the dirty side of podcast pitching and how to use these lesser known strategies to get book on top shows, scroll up and press play!

RESOURCES: SUBJECT LINES FOR YOUR PITCHES:

'real quick'

'quick question'

'thoughts NAME'

'I check out PODCAST NAME and had some thoughts'

YAMM (Yet Another Mail Merge) is the email merge tool you can use to send out your emails to track your open rate, responses rate and click rate!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#66 | The 5 Pillars Of Podcast Pitching To Guarantee You Get Booked On Top Shows (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 15 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Are you looking for a reliable and consistent way to get in front of 1000s of active podcast listeners?

Do you want to build more authority moving in 2024?

If so, guesting might just be the simple and straight forward answer that you're probabably weren't looking for.

Now is this the sexiest podcast growth strategy in the world?

No.

But is it one of the most effective an reliable?

YES!

But here's the things, guesting on other shows as a way to rapidly build your brand authority and audience, is no longer a secret!

But more common knowledge...

So the podcast world becomes increasingly competitive.

Podcast host are being pitched, more times than a hot girl at a bar!

So how are you going to break through the noise, grab their attention and land a big guesting spot on others shows?

What you need is a killer pitch that guarantees your success isn't left to luck but is down to a proven strategy.

And that's why in this episode, we delve into the power of effective podcast pitching - a must-have skill for anyone looking to expand their reach through guesting!

Here's what you'll discover in this episode:

How to craft pitches that resonate on a personal level, ensuring your message gets the attention it deserves.
How to craft your '100-word story', to captivate the potential hosts.
Why you should have topic focused pitch instead of pitching yourself as a host or even an expert.

So if you're ready to discover 'The 5 Podcast Pillars Of Podcast Pitching To Guarantee You Get Book On Top Show In 2024' scroll up and press play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#65 | Why Working Long, Hard & Consistently On Your Podcast Won't Help With Podcast Growth & Monetization

Thu, 14 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Are you putting in long hours, hard work, and consistent effort into your podcast, yet still not seeing the growth you desire?

This episode tackles a controversial yet vital topic: why working excessively on your podcast might actually lead to failure.

We'll share our personal experiences and insights on why focusing solely on hard work without the right direction can be counterproductive.

Many podcasters fall into the trap of believing that relentless effort guarantees success...

But the truth is it doesn't.

It actually does the opposite and leads to podcasters stopping, quitting, and never making it.

But we don't want that for you.

And that's why in this episode you will discover:

How focusing excessively on the wrong aspects of podcasting can hinder your growth.
The importance of strategic thinking and critical reflection in your podcasting journey.
How to identifying when to pivot your strategies for better engagement and growth.

Reflect on your current podcasting efforts.

Are you working hard on aspects that might not contribute to your growth?

If you want to find out how to make more informed and effective decisions for your podcast's success scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#64 | Why Solo Episodes Should Be A Part Of Your Podcasting Growth & Monetization Strategy (Content Marketing & Planning)

Wed, 13 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Are you a podcaster looking to significantly boost your show's growth in 2024?

This episode is here to convince you to look explore untapped potential of solo episodes in your podcasting content & marketing strategy in 2024.

We believe solo episodes are crucial for your podcast's success if your a coach, business owner and expert who not only wants to build an engaged audience but wants to build an authority and turn their shows into a lead generation machine.

But we know it might sounds like alot more work, maybe you've considered it and are on the fence or you might currently be doing solo episodes!

We're here to convince that solo episode are the way forward in 2024!

In this podcast episode you will discover:

How solo episodes position you as an authority figure and build a stronger rapport with your audience.
How to double your podcast output without doubling your workload.
How to take more control over the content direction and SEO benefits, leading to enhanced organic growth of your podcast.

So if you're ready for a comprehensive guide on making solo episodes a pivotal part of your podcasting strategy in 2024 scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#63 | What You Learn Can From Our Failed Podcasting Book Launch (Podcast Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Tue, 12 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered why some podcast projects fail while others succeed?

In this revealing episode, we share our own story of a failed book launch, uncovering valuable lessons that apply directly to podcasting growth and success.

3 years ago we launched out first book, "Every Podcaster's Biggest Hurdles," and why it didn't resonate with our audience.

And it failed.

Miserably!

Once of the biggest reasons it failed because we were too ambitious.

Yes too ambitious!

I know, just stick with me...

We'll discuss how our ambitious but unfocused approach led to an epic failure, and what this experience taught us about the importance of clarity and specificity in content creation.

In this episode you will discover:

How our ambitious but unfocused approach led to an epic failure, and what this experience taught us about the importance of clarity
The power of a focused content strategy that targets a specific audience with clear, problem-solving content.
How aligning your podcast with the needs and interests of a well-defined audience can significantly boost your growth and engagement.

If you want to learn from our painful and costly mistake to gain an advantage to help grow your podcast this 2024, scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#62 | Intro Mistakes That Guarantee Low Podcast Engagement & Retention Time (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 11 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Want to know how to instantly lose a new listener with your podcast intro?

Join us in this episode as we break down the common mistakes podcasters make with their intros that can turn listeners away.

Intros are a crucial part of your podcast; they set the tone and hook your audience.

However, a poorly crafted intro can do more harm than good.

By reflecting on our own experiences and those of our clients, we've identified key intro pitfalls that can deter listeners.

So that in this episode you will discover:

The downside of starting your podcast with lengthy, unengaging jingles or music that can test your listeners' patience.
Why overly detailed guest bios or rambling personal stories can cause listeners to lose interest quickly.
How to craft a compelling intro that immediately communicates the value of the episode, engaging your audience from the start.

Use this as a way to review your podcast's current intro against our checklist.

Are you inadvertently repelling listeners?

If you're ready to find out what not to do when it comes to attracting and engaging listeners with your podcast intro, scroll up and press play.

To view your podcast analytics and current retention time, use the links below and

connect to Apple and Spotify:

APPLE:

https://podcastsconnect.apple.com/ - to analytics

SPOTIFY:

https://podcasters.spotify.com - even if you don’t host your show with

Spotify For Podcasters, you can claim the show on there to view

specifically your Spotify downloads and retention time

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#61 | The Top 3 Biggest Podcast Growth, Marketing & Monetization Lessons We Learned In 2023

Sun, 10 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

We've coaches 60+ podcasters this year and in this episode we breakdown the three most significant changes we've implemented in our podcast growth strategies this year.

And what we plan to double down on in 2024!

As podcasting continues to evolve, so do the strategies for growing a successful show.

Reflecting on our journey, we've discovered key adjustments that have significantly impacted the growth of our podcasts and those of our clients.

In this episode you will discover:

The shift in our content strategy approach, emphasizing demand-based topics that resonate with listeners and enhance organic growth.
What is means to 'build relevancy' in SEO to increase ranking and visibility.
The importance of increasing volume in podcast guesting and social media tactics to maximize reach and audience engagement.

Want to discover how to adapt these strategies for your show and make next year your most successful yet in podcasting? Scroll up and press play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#60 | Why Batch Recording Podcast Content Might Be A Bad Idea...Unpopular Content Marketing Take

Sat, 09 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Are you contemplating batch recording for your podcast?

In today’s episode, we explore the intriguing world of batch recording, its benefits, and potential drawbacks for podcasters.

Batch recording is often seen as a time-saving tactic, but does it impact the quality of your content?

We delve into the debate about consistency vs. convenience in podcasting.

Whether you’re a busy business owner or a dedicated full-time podcaster, understanding the nuances of batch recording can significantly influence your show's success.

In this episode you will discover:

The pros and cons of batch recording and how it affects your content creation process.
How frequent recording can enhance your skills as a podcaster and improve audience engagement.
Insights on balancing batch recording with regular content creation to maintain a consistent and high-quality podcast.

If you're ready to explore a new approach to batch recording where you're able to stay ahead of schedule and not lose your marble but also maintain a high quality show scroll up and click press play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#59 | How To Promote & Market A High Profile Guest To Drive Faster Podcast Growth & Monetization

Fri, 08 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Eager to maximize the impact of a high-profile guest on your podcast?

In to this episode where we breakdown effective strategies to promote a big-name guest and amplify your podcast’s reach.

Many podcasters dream of having a celebrity or industry leader on their show but often face the challenge of them not promoting the episode.

I know what a nightmare.

Some podcaster don't know why this happens and what they can do to leverage their guests presence for your podcast's growth, even if they don't actively promote it.

And that's why in this episode you will discover:

How to create buzz in relevant online communities before and after the interview.
Our unique strategy for engaging potential listeners without directly advertising your podcast.
How to smartly use social proof and engagement to draw attention to your episode.

Next time you have a big guest on your podcast, don’t just wait for them to promote it.

Instead, follow our actionable steps to proactively leverage their audience and boost your podcast’s exposure. Remember, it's about making the most of the opportunity - let’s make your next big guest episode a hit!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#58 | 3 Signs You Should Rebrand Your Podcast (Podcast Marketing Growth Secrets You Need To Know)

Thu, 07 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Are you considering giving your podcast a fresh start in 2024?

In this episode, we dive into 3 crucial signs that it might be time to rebrand your podcast.

With our extensive experience in podcast consulting, we've observed that a significant number of podcasters face challenges in audience alignment, growth, and evolving interests.

These challenges can hinder your podcast's potential and impact.

We'll explore these signs in detail, helping you identify if they resonate with your podcast journey and how to move forward if that's the case.

In this episode you will discover:

How attracting the wrong audience can affect your podcast's effectiveness and learn strategies to realign your podcast to your ideal listeners.
How to tackle stagnation in growth by refining your content strategy, making your podcast more focused and appealing.
Insights into how to navigate changes in your interests or industry trends and successfully pivot your podcast's direction.

If you're ready to dive into this episode for a comprehensive guide on recognizing these signs and taking the next steps with rebranding your podcast scroll up and press play.

Additional Resources.

Whitney Case Study: How Whitney Went From 600 To 7000 Monthly Downloads After a Rebrand.

This case study was created 2-3 months ago Whitney has grown past 7000 monthly downloads!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#57 | How We Nearly Lost $400k Because We Believed In Ourselves (Building Our Podcasting Business)

Wed, 06 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Have you ever faced a moment where your belief in yourself almost cost you massively?

In today’s episode, we delve into our personal story and how our self-confidence nearly led to a loss of £400,000 and could be losing you money too.

As we go back to our early days of entrepreneurship, we share the trials and tribulations we faced.

From almost falling for a pyramid scheme to navigating the challenges of lockdown, we explore how our desperate search for a sustainable and impactful business model led us to a pivotal decision point.

In this episode you'll discover:

The critical importance of investing in guidance and mentorship, and how this can pivot your journey from potential failure to success.
Why you need balance self-reliance with the wisdom of seeking external expertise.
How strategic investments in learning and development can accelerate your growth and save you invaluable time and resources.

As we move towards 2024, consider what steps you can take to invest wisely in your growth.

Whether it's in your podcast, business, or personal development, tune in to understand how making the right choices now can transform your future.

So if you're intrigued to find out more about how two young British lads in their early 20s nearly lost $400k by believing in themselves, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#56 | How To Use ChatGPT To Create Killer Podcast Show Notes In 5 Minutes Or Less (For Marketing & Faster Audience Growth)

Tue, 05 Dec 2023 06:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered why your podcast isn't capturing the audience it deserves?

Dive into today's episode to uncover the often-overlooked power of effective show notes in podcasting.

For podcasters grappling with slow growth, the key might lie in an unexpected place - your show notes.

This episode addresses a common challenge faced by many podcasters: crafting show notes that not only inform but actively engage and convert listeners.

In this episode you will discover:

How to craft show notes that transform casual browsers into dedicated listeners.
The critical balance between information and persuasion in your episode descriptions.
Insights into using the ADA framework with Chat GPT to automate compelling show notes efficiently.

If you're ready to revolutionize your podcast's reach with skillfully crafted show notes, press play now and embark on a journey to transform your podcast's engagement and growth.

STEAL OUR SHOW NOTES CHATGPT PROMPT HERE:

Attention (A): Please provide a hook question that grabs the reader's attention and is specific to the podcast episode's topic.

Interest (I): With the focus on the reader, explain how the episode topic relates to a current problem or desired outcome for the reader.

Desire (D): List the three main benefits listeners will gain from the episode without using the 'Title: Subtitle' format.

Action (A): Include a one-sentence, specific, incentive-based call to action for the reader to play the episode without mentioning any extra CTAs from the transcript.

Please follow the steps above to create podcast show notes from this transcript:

[INSERT EPISODE TRANSCRIPT HERE]

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#55 | How To Grow Your Podcast Audience With a USP (3 Real Life Examples + Marketing Secrets Revealed)

Mon, 04 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered how some podcasts captivate and grow their audience effortlessly?

Every wondered why some shows seemingly take off whilst other struggle to gain traction ?

This episode reveals the secrets behind successful podcasts' Unique Selling Points (USPs)!

If you're a coach, expert, business owner, or an independent podcaster, understanding and developing your podcast's USP is critical.

With a capital C.

With increasing competition, it's not just about content but how you uniquely present it to stand out.

In this episode you will discover:

Real-Life USP Examples: Gain insights from three distinct podcasts that have effectively used their USPs to capture and maintain a loyal audience.
Content Delivery Innovation: Learn how these podcasts have creatively repackaged common topics to offer a fresh and engaging listener experience.
Strategic Audience Growth: Discover strategies that can help you not just grow but also retain your audience by providing memorable and unique content.

As we approach 2024, it's time to rethink how you deliver your podcast content.

How you stand out.

How you grow.

And how you take your show to the next level for the new year!

And if you're ready to get a head start...scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#54 | 3 Alternative Ways To Drive More Podcast Growth Using Social Media Marketing WITHOUT Promoting

Sun, 03 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Want to innovative ways to grow your podcast audience on social media without relying on traditional promotion?

This episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing" unveils three unique strategies!

If you've found that standard promotional tactics on social media aren't moving the needle for your podcast's growth, this episode is a game-changer.

It's tailored for podcasters, coaches, experts, and business owners who seek creative, effective methods to expand their listener base.

In this episodes you'll discover:

How to leverage online communities and engage with potential listeners in a non-promotional, value-driven way.
The power of direct messaging with a permission-based approach to convert your social media followers into podcast listeners.
The potential of sponsoring or acquiring existing online groups that align with your podcast's niche for broader exposure.

Implement these three alternative social media strategies today and observe a significant transformation in your podcast's growth trajectory.

Remember, the key is to engage, not just promote!

So if you're ready to discover what those 3 alternative ways of growing are scroll up and click now!

STEAL THIS TEMPLATE MESSAGE AND SEND TO YOUR CURRENT FOLLOWERS AND NEW FOLLOWERS ON SOCIAL MEDIA (YOU CAN DELEGATE THIS TO A TEAM MEMBER OR VA) HOPE THIS HELPS:

Hey NAME, thanks for following me, nice to have you around.

Just wanted to check in and see if you’ve listened to my podcast for (TARGET AUDIENCE)who want to want/are interested in XYZ (desired outcome/benefits of the show).

If you haven’t and think it might be up your street, would you like me to send over one of our fan favorite episodes?

Possible ways to answer this message:

A. Yeah send me the link for sure!

B. I don’t want to listen to your podcast, just here for (X CONTENT)

C. I’m already listening guys!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#53 | Should You Stop Posting Podcasting Content Over Christmas? Revealing a Low Effort Podcast Growth Tactic For The Holiday Season

Sat, 02 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Are you pondering whether to take a break from podcasting this Christmas?

This episode of "Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing" tackles this very dilemma!

As the festive season approaches, many podcasters grapple with the decision to pause their shows.

This episode is crucial for you if you're struggling with this decision, especially if growing your audience is a top priority.

In this episode you'll discover:

Why continuing your podcast over Christmas can significantly boost your audience engagement.

How to balance family time and podcasting without sacrificing either.

And practical advice on how to repurpose your best content to maintain listener engagement during the holidays whilst other shows SLACK behind! :')

To find out why taking a break might not be the best idea and what you can do instead to keep your podcast thriving through the holiday season, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#52 | Why We're 5Xing Our Podcasting Content Output During The Holiday Getting Ready For 2024 Instead Of Slowing Down (Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 01 Dec 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Why I'm deciding to double down over Christmas?

Maybe it's a bad idea?

Let's find out.

Ever wondered how to keep your momentum going during the festive season?

This podcast episode is all about turning the quiet holiday period into a powerhouse of productivity and growth!

While many are winding down for Christmas, this episode is for the obsessive podcasters, entrepreneurs, coaches, and business owners who want to stay ahead.

If you're looking to position your show or business for success in 2024, this is where you need to be.

Dive into this episode to discover what to expect from 'Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing' this December.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#51 | What To Do Before Hiring a Social Media Manager As a Podcast Creator (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Thu, 30 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

What To Do Before Hiring a Social Media Manager As a Podcast Creator

This is a recap rundown episode for episode '#50 | Why You Shouldn't Hire A Social Media Manager As a Podcast Creator Without a Proven Marketing Strategy'

Where we covered:

Why Hiring a Social Media Expert/Manager Won't Solve Your Podcast Growth Challenges
What you should focus on instead for faster growth
What happens when you hire a social media manager without a proper podcast growth strategy

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5 minute episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to hiring a social media podcast manager, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#50 | Should You Hire A Social Media Manager To Drive More Podcast Growth & Monetization Tips? (Marketing Tips)

Wed, 29 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Are you frustrated with the lack of traction your podcast is getting?

Ever considered hiring professionals to handle tasks like show notes and social media promotion, but your growth remains stagnant?

Most believe it’s what they need to grow faster.

'It’ll give me more time, more focus, and an extra hand will surely help the show grow.'

But it rarely does.

You see, outsourcing tasks like show notes, and social media won't fix the underlying issues affecting your podcast's growth.

It’s not about the fancy tactics, a social media expert might make you short-form clips and sexy promotional Canva graphics…

But doesn’t help you gain more traction.

So enough of the surface-level approach to growing your podcast.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why Hiring a Social Media Expert/Manager Won't Solve Your Podcast Growth Challenges
What you should focus on instead for faster growth
What happens when you hire a social media manager without a proper podcast growth strategy

If you’re ready to face the truth, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#49 | How Jason Grew His Show To 15,000 Dl/Mo Using Instagram & Why Ads Aren't The Only Option For Podcast Monetization

Mon, 27 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode Jason shares how we grew his podcast past 15,000 monthly downloads, by having a listeners-focused content strategy, thinking about what listeners wanted to hear.

He shared why he wished he had started using Instagram earlier in his journey and the importance of diversifying your income stream, and not being overly dependant on ads.

Host Name: Jason Larkins

Show Name: Let's Talk Cheer

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 15,000 Monthly Downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Sport & Coaching

You can find Jason Larkins here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#48 | How To Grow With Podcasting Without High Profile Guests, Short Form Content or Social Media Promotions (Marketing Tips)

Fri, 24 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

How To Grow Your Podcast Without High Profile Guests, Short Form Content, or Social Media Promotions

This is a recap rundown episode for the episode '#47 | The 5 Foundational Pillars Every Podcast Needs To Build an Audience Fast' where we covered:

Why most podcasters struggle to grow even though they work long, hard, and consistently.
How most podcasters paper over the cracks when it comes to getting more listeners, which only slows them down.
The 5 foundational factors every podcaster needs to gain traction fast.

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5-minute episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to fast-tracking slow and stead growth, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#47 | The 5 Foundational Pillars Every Podcast Needs To Build an Audience Fast (Podcasting Growth and Monetization Tips)

Wed, 22 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

IMPORTANT read carefully!

The average client in the Get More Listeners Academy triples their monthly downloads in 90 days, without promoting on social media or relying on high-profile guests.

We focus on the FOUNDATIONS for growth.

Cool, but...why should you care?

We've found that 95% of podcasters don't have these foundations for growth.

And 100% of that 95% are totally unaware of how not having the foundations for growth could be the thing slowing them down!

That's why you can promote all day long...

Work long and hard, release amazing episodes, and still be stuck with slow and steady growth.

When the FOUNDATIONS for growth aren't set, growing is harder.

Once they are set, we've seen podcasters quickly gain 1000s of new listeners in 3-6 months.

It's only ever 1 or 2 small tweaks you have to make...

So that’s why In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why most podcasters struggle to grow even though they work long, hard, and consistently.
How most podcasters paper over the cracks when it comes to getting more listeners, which only slows them down.
The 5 foundational factors every podcaster needs to gain traction fast.

So if you're ready to discover a NEW WAY to grow and get more listeners, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#46 | How Creating a Niche Podcast With a Unique Angle Helped Mike Grow His & Monetize Past 30,000 Monthly Downloads

Mon, 20 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode, we have Mike Corradi explain how he grew his podcast past 30,000 monthly downloads and monetized it by focusing on a niche and creating a unique angle.

Mike also shares the importance of networking, collaborating with others, getting exposure where your listeners are, and getting honest feedback from friends.

Host Name: Mike Corradi

Show Name: A History of Italy

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 30,000 Monthly Downloads

Niche/Focus of show: History

You can find Mike here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#45 | Why Getting Big Names On Your Podcast Is Worthless Unless You Build a Content Strategy (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 17 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Why Getting Big Names On Your Podcast Is Worthless Unless You Build a Content Strategy.

No. Seriously.

This is a recap rundown episode for episode '#44 | Why Having High Profile Guest On Your Podcast Won't Help You Build An Audience & What To Do Instead'

What we covered:

Why relying solely on guest appearances may be holding your podcast back from reaching its true growth potential
How to avoid the "one-hit wonder" syndrome with big guests
Practical techniques to ensure guest appearances consistently contribute to your podcast's growth - without fail
How shifting the focus from guests to your own content can help you establish your podcast's unique value proposition and build a loyal listener base that keeps coming back for more

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5 minutes episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to targeting high-profile guests, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#44 | Why Having High Profile Guests On Your Podcast Won't Help With Faster Growth & Marketing

Wed, 15 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Learn why relying solely on guests can lead to missed opportunities, disconnected audiences, and low listener retention.

Discover how to create captivating content that keeps listeners coming back for more.

High-profile guests are cool, but faster growth without having to land big names is cooler.

Podcasters are led to believe you just need a bigger name to interview, and the show will grow.

It’s not true, big names don’t mean big episodes.
You don’t and shouldn’t rely on big names to grow your podcast because it’s not sustainable.

Your content needs to be the thing that attracts new listeners and keeps them in.

If not, you’ll suffer from "one-hit wonder" syndrome.

Where the episode takes off, but the listeners don’t stick around.

Which is probably even more frustrating than having a guest not share your podcast on their socials.

So in this episode, we want to show you a different way of doing things…

In this episode, we show you:

Why relying solely on guest appearances may be holding your podcast back from reaching its true growth potential
How to avoid the "one-hit wonder" syndrome with big guests
Practical techniques to ensure guest appearances consistently contribute to your podcast's growth - without fail
How shifting the focus from guests to your own content can help you establish your podcast's unique value proposition and build a loyal listener base that keeps coming back for more

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#43 | The Importance Of Being Raw, Shocking Your Listeners & Listening To Feedback When Growing & Marketing Your Podcast

Mon, 13 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode, we have Nick & Amy reveal how they grew their show past 34,000 monthly downloads by focusing on being raw, shocking their listeners to keep them engaged and consistently getting feedback to help them iterate and change the content they produce with the show.

Host Name: Nick & Amy

Show Name: Ultimate Intimacy Podcast

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 34,000 Monthly Downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Relationships

You can find Ultimate Intimacy Podcast here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#42 | How To Grow Your Podcast Audience With Analytics (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 10 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

How To Grow Your Podcast Audience With Analytics

This is a recap rundown episode for episode '#41 | 5 Steps To Using Your Podcast Analytics & Metrics To Fast-Track Audience Growth - Deep Dive'

Where we covered:

How to read your analytics to gain a competitive edge through identifying trends, preferences, and engagement patterns
How analyzing listener data can guide you in refining your podcast's structure, content, and marketing strategies to help you attract and retain listeners
The simple steps you can start taking today to increase your show's retention time, recurring listenership, and growth rate based on your analytics

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5-minute episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to podcast analytics, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#41 | 5 Steps To Using Your Podcast Analytics & Metrics For Faster Podcast Audience Growth & Monetization

Wed, 08 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

The biggest tech companies, world leaders, and entire countries are obsessed with this one thing that can help podcasters fast-track their growth. Sadly most podcasters are clueless about it.

DATA!

Yes, data.

Now, you might be thinking, "How does this apply to me as a podcaster?"

Well, just like governments and big companies, your podcast's success hinges on understanding your audience, making informed decisions, and staying ahead of the curve.

Master data analytics. Gain insights that allow you to fast-track your growth.

Master data analytics. Eliminate guesswork for your podcast content strategy and marketing efforts.

Master data analytics. Keep the attention of the listeners who discover the show.

The problem is most podcasts have a major case of one-eyetis for the wrong metrics.

Their per-episode downloads or their monthly downloads.

I see you ;) yes, you!

And this doesn’t help you grow.

Having major one-eyetis for the wrong metrics only leads to:

Missed engagement & growth opportunities
Ineffective tracking of content & marketing strategies
Limited understanding of audience preferences & behaviors
Difficulty identifying areas for improvement & optimization

So that’s why in this episode you’ll discover:

How to read your analytics to gain a competitive edge through identifying trends, preferences, and engagement patterns
How analyzing listener data can guide you in refining your podcast's structure, content, and marketing strategies to help you attract and retain listeners
The simple steps you can start taking today to increase your show's retention time, recurring listenership, and growth rate based on your analytics

To discover how to use your podcast analytics to fast-track growth scroll up & click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#40 | Alex Sanfilippo Shares Marketing Tips & What It Really Takes To Build a Fast Growing Podcast

Mon, 06 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode, Alex Sanfilippo, founder of PodMatch and host of Podcasting Made Simple, shares the unfiltered truth about what it takes to grow a successful podcast and the importance of creating a good, solid show if you want your podcast to be shared consistently.

Host Name: Alex Sanfilippo

Show Name: Podcasting Made Simple

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 26,000 monthly downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Podcasting & Marketing

You can find Alex here. You can find more about PodMatch here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#39 | How To Gain Thousands Of New Listeners Using Social Media & Online Communities (Podcasting Growth & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 03 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

How To Gain Thousands Of New Listeners Using Social Media & Online Communities - A New Way To Grow.

This is a recap rundown episode for episode '#38 | How To Use Social Media To Grow Your Podcast Audience Without Self-Promoting'.

What we covered:

Why promoting your podcast on social media doesn’t help you get more listeners
Where most podcasters go wrong when it comes to social media promotions
How to reliably turn total strangers online into active listeners of your podcast without ever having to self-promote

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5-minute episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to social media, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#38 | How To Use Social Media Marketing To Grow Your Podcast Audience Without Self-Promoting (Podcasting Growth Tips)

Wed, 01 Nov 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Social media is a terrible way to grow a podcast!

Want proof?

What’s your experience been like with it over the last few months?

You’ve been working long, hard and consistently. Creating, hosting and publishing amazing interviews.

I also suspect you’ve been promoting your podcast on social media.

Maybe you've started sharing promotional clips or are flirting with that as an idea.

The question I have for you is this…

Do you feel like what you have been doing when it comes to social media has been helping you gain new listeners?

Podcasters are told you need to promote constantly to grow. That is a lie!

You don’t.

In fact, relying on promoting alone is the reason why most podcasters struggle to grow.

Because they do the same things on social media over and over. But never pick up traction.

It’s a hamster wheel that only leads to frustration and more stress as you feel you’re screaming into an empty void or aren’t reaching the right people!

It pains me. And if that's you, I have exciting news.

There’s a better way to grow using social media.

Without having to constantly promote.

Without having to create audiograms.

Without having to pay a video editor to clip up your show.

There’s a little-known way of consistently turning strangers online into listeners of your show.

While most podcasters are stuck with the OLD way of growing…promoting.

We’re focused on the NEW WAY of anti-promotion!

And in this episode, you’ll discover:

Why promoting your podcast on social media doesn’t help you get more listeners
Where most podcasters go wrong when it comes to social media promotions
How to reliably turn total strangers online into active listeners of your podcast without ever having to self-promote

So if you're ready to gain clarity around how to use social media to grow the right way, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#37 | How Joe Grew His Show To 75,000 Monthly Downloads With Zero Marketing (Podcasting Growth & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 30 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode, Dan LeFebvre reveals how he grew his podcast to over 75,000 monthly downloads with ZERO marketing efforts and why you need to start treating your podcast like a business if you want to make money from your show.

Host Name: Dan LeFebvre

Show Name: Based On a True Story

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 75,000 Monthly Downloads

Niche/Focus of show: History

You can find Dan LeFebvre here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#36 | How To Build Your Podcast's Authority & Grow Fast With Podcast SEO Marketing (SEO Part 5)

Fri, 27 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

How To Build Your Podcast's Authority To Grow Fast With Podcast SEO

This is a recap rundown episode for episode '#35 | How To Establish Your Expertise, Increase Relevancy & Build Your Podcast's Authority (Podcast SEO Part 5)'

Where we covered:

What building high relevancy means in terms of podcast SEO
Why you need to have a laser focus on a topic if you want to gain traction fast
How to build your authority in the next 90 days with little effort
Simple tricks you can start doing today to build up search relevancy on Apple and Spotify as well as in your niche

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5-minute episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to building your authority through search, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#35 | How To Establish Your Expertise With These Podcast Growth and Marketing Strategies (Podcast SEO Part 5)

Wed, 25 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

When you think of tequila, you think of The Rock.

When you think of personal development, you think of Tony Robbins.

When you think of social media and motivation, you think of Gary V.

The extent to which people associate you with a specific topic shows your level of authority within that space.

You can be an expert and not have authority in that space.

And you can have authority without expertise.

The level of recognition you have for that topic/subject = authority.

Yes, it’s not fair. But don’t hate the player or the game, just learn to play.

If you have both expertise and authority, you're winning.

But what does any of this have to do with growing your podcast?

EVERYTHING.

There are 11 million daily podcast listeners in America alone.

Over 50% of them go to Apple and Spotify to discover new podcasts to listen to.

They go to Apple or Spotify and type in what they’re looking for.

Your ability to rank for the main topics and have your podcast become highly relevant for a topic shows the authority you have.

And dictates how fast you can grow and how quickly you become a recognized player in the game.

But how do you build high relevancy on Apple and Spotify?

How can you make it so that when anyone searches for the type of content you create, they instantly associate you with that topic?

How can you establish your expertise and position yourself as an authority in the space?

That’s what part 5 of the podcast SEO series is all about.

And in this episode, we’re focusing on:

What building high relevancy means in terms of podcast SEO
Why you need to have a laser focus on a topic if you want to gain traction fast
How to build your authority in the next 90 days with little effort
Simple tricks you can start doing today to build up search relevancy on Apple and Spotify as well as in your niche

So if you're ready to start dominating search and becoming the go-to show in your niche, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#34 | How To Grow Your Podcast Past 80,000 Monthly Downloads Using Relevant & Timely Content (Podcasting Growth & Marketing Tips)

Mon, 23 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Today, Lauren and Nicole, hosts of Self Care Club reveal how they grew their show past 80,000 monthly downloads in 3-4 years, by focusing on making timely content and covering highly searched and on-demand topics on their shows.

Host Name: Lauren & Nicole

Show Name: Self Care Club

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 80-100,000 Monthly Downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Self Care & Wellness

You can find more on Lauren & Nicole here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#33 | The New Approach To Increasing Your Show's Retention Time & Engaging Your Audience (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 20 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

The New Approach To Increasing Podcast Retention Time When Building An Engaged Audience.

This is a recap rundown episode for episode #32 | 5 Common Mistakes That Could Be Hurting Your Podcast Engagement (Podcast SEO Part 4)

What we covered:

What user engagement is and why your podcast won't grow if yours is bad
The 5 mistakes most podcasters make that repel listeners from listening to their entire podcast
Simple tricks you can start implementing today to increase the listening time of your show

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5-minute episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to increasing your retention time, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#32 | 5 Common Mistakes That Could Be Hurting Your Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Efforts (Podcast SEO Part 4)

Wed, 18 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

A logical reason why Apple and Spotify suppress a podcast's reach...

It has nothing to do with being controversial or explicit.

And everything to do with your listening time.

This is also seen as your retention time.

This is the main user engagement metric Apple and Spotify use to determine whether you have a good or bad show.

Good show = high retention time.

Bad show = low retention time.

If listeners don’t listen through till the end of your podcast, it sends a bad signal to Apple and Spotify.

Whose goal is to keep users on their platforms.

The goal for you is to increase your retention time, get recommended to more listeners, and increase the number of listeners coming back to your podcast for more.

And that’s why in this episode, you’ll discover:

What user engagement is and why your podcast won't grow if yours is bad
The 5 mistakes most podcasters make that repel listeners from listening to their entire podcast
Simple tricks you can start implementing today to increase the listening time of your show

So if you're ready to discover the 5 common mistakes that could be hurting your podcast engagement and simple changes you can make today for faster growth, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#31 | How Martin Grew His Podcast Past 7 Million Downloads In 3 Years Using These Effective Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips

Mon, 16 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

In this episode, Martin shares the mindset he adopted to grow his show past 7 million downloads in 3 years and was able to quit his corporate job. And surprisingly, how he kept pushing forward even after his listenership dropped by over 60%!

Host Name: Martin Hewlett

Show Name: Calming Anxiety

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 100,000

Niche/Focus of show: Anxiety/Personal Development

You can find Martin here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#30 | How To Attract New Podcast Listeners By Increasing Your Show's Organic Visibility (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 13 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

How To Attract New Podcast Listeners By Increasing Your Show's Organic Visibility

This is a recap rundown episode for episode #29 'The 3 Things You Need To Focus On To Increase Your Visibility on Apple & Spotify (Podcast SEO Part 3)'

Where we covered:

How to increase your visibility on Apple and Spotify
The 2 things you need to focus on to get clicked on and listened to over competitors
How to take advantage of the fact people DO judge books by their covers for faster growth

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5-minute episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to increasing your visibility with Podcast SEO, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#29 | The 3 Things You Need To Focus On To Increase Your Visibility on Apple & Spotify For Faster Growth & Monetization (SEO Part 3)

Wed, 11 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

There are 11 million daily podcast listeners in America alone.

Over 50% of them go to Apple and Spotify to discover new podcasts to listen to.

Not Google, your website, Facebook or TikTok.

They go to Apple and Spotify.

They search and browse the platforms with the intention of finding new podcasts to listen to.

How much faster could you grow your show if you put your podcast in front of listeners who are actively searching for the type of content you create?

That’s exactly what podcast SEO does for you.

In the last episode, we focused on part 2 of podcast SEO.

How to find, and rank for the right keywords/search terms so you can easily be found by new listeners on Apply and Spotify.

This episode (part 3) is focused on how to increase your visibility.

You'll discover:

How to increase your visibility on Apple and Spotify
The 2 things you need to focus on to get clicked on and listened to over competitors
How to take advantage of the fact people DO judge books by their covers for faster growth

If you are ready to increase your visibility on Apple & Spotify, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#28 | How Dave Grew To 17,000 Downloads/Mo By Clearly Marketing What His Podcast Is & Who For (Podcasting Growth Tips)

Mon, 09 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Dave gives an honest take on what helped him grow his show past 17,000 Downloads/Mo.

Dave shared how keeping things simple and clear communication, who the show is for, what the show is about, and what listeners can expect helped him grow.

He shared why it's so important for you as a host to be authentic, put your best into every single episode you put out, and speak and connect directly to your audience.

How not listening to your audience and taking the show in a different direction will hurt your podcast, and how to course correct to fast-track growth.

And the power of keeping things simple as you try to grow!

Host Name: David Madow

Show Name: Microdose U: How Psilocybin Can Rewire Your Brain From Depression

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 20,000 monthly downloads (Updated)

Niche/Focus of show: Self-Improvement

You can find David here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#27 | How To Use Keywords To Build Your Podcast Audience With Podcast SEO (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 06 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

How To Use Keywords To Build Your Podcast Audience With Podcast SEO

This is a recaps rundown episode for episode #26 'How To Increase Your Podcasts Discoverability On Apple & Spotify (Podcast SEO Part 2)'.

Where we covered:

How your titles could make or break the discoverability of your show
Why keywords and search terms are so important if you want to be found on streaming platforms
How to find the right keywords so your podcast can rank higher on Apple & Spotify

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5 minutes episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to Podcast SEO and ranking for the right keywords, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#26 | How To Increase Your Podcast's Discoverability On Apple & Spotify For Faster Growth & Monetization (Podcast SEO Part 2)

Wed, 04 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Nearly 3 years ago, I found a guy called Jake Ward who grew his podcast to 300k/monthly downloads in 7 months, without ANY social media promotion or guesting.

Mind = BLOWN.

I’ve been obsessed with the little-known method he used to grow so fast - podcast SEO.

There are 11 million daily podcast listeners in America alone.

Over 50% of them go to Apple and Spotify to discover new podcasts to listen to.

Not Google, your website, Facebook or TikTok.

They go to Apple and Spotify.

They search and browse the platforms with the intention of finding new podcasts to listen to.

How much faster could you grow your show if you put your podcast in front of listeners who are actively searching for the type of content you create?

That’s exactly what podcast SEO does for you.

The problem is most podcasts have no idea what podcast SEO is, how it works, how to become discovered, what keywords are, and how to rank higher to be more easily found by listeners.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

How your titles could make or break the discoverability of your show
Why keywords and search terms are so important if you want to be found on streaming platforms
How to find the right keywords so your podcast can rank higher on Apple & Spotify

So, if you're ready to increase your exposure on Apple and Spotify, if you want to understand how to rank for the right keyword to fast-track your podcast growth, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#25 | Why Joe Regrets Not Growing His Email List Sooner (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 02 Oct 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Joe, a full-time podcaster getting 69,000 monthly downloads, shares his biggest regrets about growing his show, and why he wished he had started building his podcast mailing list sooner.

He talks about the difference between just getting downloads vs engaged listeners and why one is more important when monetizing your podcast effectively.

And if you've ever wondered what are some of the best ways to grow your podcast to get in front of thousands of podcast listeners quickly, Joe shares with you practical tips, that you can start applying today to build your audience.

Host Name: Joe Casabona

Show Name: How I Built It

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 69,000 monthly downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Solopreneurs and Creators

You can find more from Joe here.

https://howibuilt.it/

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#24 | The New Way Approach To Podcast SEO Marketing & The 4 Factors Needed For Faster Growth & Monetization

Fri, 29 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0100

DISCOVER: The New Way Approach To Podcast SEO & The 4 Factors You Need For Faster Growth

This is a recaps rundown episode for 'What Is Podcast SEO & How Can You Use To Rank Higher On Apple & Spotify'

Where we covered:

What is podcast SEO
Why you can’t afford to ignore podcast SEO if you want to be easily found by new listeners
What most people get wrong about podcast SEO
If blogs, websites and transcripts help you rank higher
The only 4 things you need to pay attention to when it comes to ranking higher on Apple & Spotify

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5 minutes episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to growing your podcast with Podcast SEO and ranking higher on Apple and Spotify, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#23 | What Is Podcast SEO Marketing & How To Rank Higher On Apple & Spotify For Faster Podcast Growth (Intro To Podcast SEO Part 1)

Wed, 27 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to get your podcast noticed? Missing out on valuable listeners?

In this eye-opening episode, we uncover the secret weapon that sets successful podcasts apart from the rest – SEO and discoverability.

I am talking about podcast SEO!

Which has NOTHING to do with blogs, shows notes, or websites.

And has everything to do with ranking higher on Apple & Spotify.

This is something most never talk about but is an effective way to increase the exposure of your podcast with very little work.

Join us as we dive deep into…

The hidden world of podcast SEO and how it can skyrocket your podcast's visibility.

The benefits of leveraging Apple and Spotify algorithms to attract a massive audience.

The downside of not understanding SEO and its impact on your podcast's growth potential.

In this episode, you’ll discover:

What is podcast SEO
Why you can’t afford to ignore podcast SEO if you want to be easily found by new listeners
What most people get wrong about podcast SEO
If blogs, websites and transcripts help you rank higher
The only 4 things you need to pay attention to when it comes to ranking higher on Apple & Spotify

Don't let your podcast get lost in the vast sea of content.

Gain the knowledge and tools you need to make your show stand out and easily found by listeners on Apple and Spotify.

If you’re ready to discover the secrets of SEO and this NEW WAY of increasing your visibility, scroll up and click play.

You don't want to miss out on this game-changing episode!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#22 | Steve's Growth & Monetization Strategies That Grew His Podcast Past 10,000+ Monthly Downloads With Online Communites (Marketing Tips)

Mon, 25 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Steve has monetized his podcast and grown his show past 11,000 monthly downloads.

Be shares how he used the uniqueness of his show combined with leveraging 100s of online communities where his audience are to build awareness, interest, and consistent growth for his podcast.

A very simple process you can start applying today to grow your show.

Host Name: Steve Garret

Show Name: Corvette Today

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 13,000 monthly downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Cars and Automation

You can find more from Steve here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#21 | The New Way Of Thinking About Podcast Content Marketing To Drive Faster Growth & Monetization

Fri, 22 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0100

The New Way Of Thinking About Building A Podcast Content Strategy That Drives Growth - Recap Rundown

This is a recaps rundown episode for episode 'Why You Need a Demand-Based Content Strategy To Attract, Engage And Retain New Listeners'.

Where we covered:

What a demand-based content strategy is and how it can supercharge your growth
Common mistakes that keep your podcast from attracting and retaining new listeners
Why you need to stop relying on guests to bring in new listeners and why you need to start relying on your content strategy
A low-effort step-by-step process to help you attract, engage, and retain 1000s of new listeners in weeks not years

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5 minutes episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to building a powerful demand-based content strategy, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#20 | Why You Need a Demand-Based Content Strategy To Attract, Engage & Retain New Listeners

Wed, 20 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Most podcasters target high-profile guests as a growth strategy.

Expectation…

1. Invite guests with a big audience.

2. They promote the podcast.

3. You gain exposure and more listeners.

Reality looks more like…

Listeners do come.

But don’t stick. (Or they just don’t come)

The point is, it’s a roller coaster of a ride, with expectations unmet.

The only thing predictable about targeting high-profile guests is that the results are unpredictable.

Hope you like that little joke ;)

But seriously. If you want to grow fast, get big and monetize ASAP!

It’s not sustainable, and it’s not a reliable way to grow!

But what if you could start attracting, engaging, and retaining new listeners without having to target high-profile guests?

What if you no longer had to guess your way with your content strategy?

But had a way to consistently cover highly popular topics that your listeners love to listen to?

How much easier would it be for you to gain traction?

This is an entirely NEW WAY of approaching the topics you cover on your podcast.

Literally, NO ONE is talking about it.

We call it building a Demand-Based-Content-Strategy.

When done right, it allows you to gain traction fast, keep more of the listeners you attract, and positions you as an expert and authority in your niche!

In this episode, you’ll discover:

What a demand-based content strategy is and how it can supercharge your growth
Common mistakes that keep your podcast from attracting and retaining new listeners
Why you need to stop relying on guests to bring in new listeners and why you need to start relying on your content strategy
A low-effort step-by-step process to help you attract, engage, and retain 1000s of new listeners in weeks not years

So if you want to learn how to start building your own demand base content strategy to attract, engage and retain new listeners, scroll up and click play!

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Or Visit https://getmorelisteners.com/book

View Client Results & Case Studies Here.

https://getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

Or Visit getmorelisteners.com/studentsuccess

Get More Listeners Recommendations:

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics?

Try Captivate: Get a FREE 7-day Trial Here.

Content Pillars of ‘Why Your Podcast Isn’t Growing’

How to grow a podcast

How to build a content strategy

How to grow an engaged audience

How to get more listeners for your podcast

How to use social media to grow a podcast

Social media strategies for growing a podcast

Podcast SEO (Search Engine Optimisation)

Podcast growth strategies

How to build an audience with podcasting

Podcast marketing

Content marketing

Podcast guesting

#19 | Roy Reached 6 MILLION Total Downloads & Wished He Learned These Podcasting Growth, Maketing & Monetization Lessons Sooner

Mon, 18 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Roys Shares some of the mistakes he made along the way when he was growing his 5 shows past 6 million total downloads over the last five years.

Yes, 6 million over 5 years across 5 podcasts (combined).

He's shares honestly and openly about things he wished he had started sooner and other actions he took that he wished he had never explored.

Making these mistakes and putting them on the spotlight so you DON'T HAVE TO.

Host Name: Roy Coughlan

Show Names: Speaking Podcast , Meditation Podcast ,Learn Polish , Awakening, The Crypto Podcast

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 60,000 monthly downloads

You can find more of Roy here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#18 | The Old Way Of Thinking About a Podcast USP vs The New Way (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 15 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0100

The Old Way Of Thinking About a Podcast USP vs The New Way Of Thinking Which Leads To Faster Growth

This is a recaps rundown episode for episode x 'Why You Need a USP To Grow Your Podcast Audience Fast'

Where we covered:

Why most podcasts struggle to gain traction without a USP
A 9-part checklist of what a USP is not
Why you need a USP if you want faster growth
And the exact steps you need to take TODAY to craft your USP

We also reveal a simple equation to figure out how unique your current show is.

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5 minutes episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to creating your own USP to fast-track growth, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#17 | Why You Need a USP To Grow Your Podcast Audience Fast (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Wed, 13 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0100

The strange thing all podcasts NEED for faster growth that 99% of podcasts are missing.

Having this factor in your podcast makes it easier to grow, stand out and keep more of the new listeners who discover your show.

Not having it makes growth feel like you’re fighting against the tide.

1 episode takes off, but the show stays stuck with slow and steady growth, unable to pick up traction.

It’s now clear every podcast needs this to gain traction fast but NO one talking about it?

Strange...So what is this thing?

This is something known as a USP (unique selling point).

What makes your podcast different from every other podcast out there?

And no:

We are straight talking and we say it how it is
I take X topic and make it easy to understand
I share unique stories and tools to create a better life

None of these are a real USP. Although they are great features of a podcast.

They are NOT a USP.

As I said, 99% of podcasters don't have a real USP.

But even worse, 99% of podcasters don’t even realize they need a USP to help fast-track their growth.

That’s why in this episode, you’ll discover:

Why most podcasts struggle to gain traction without a USP
A 9-part checklist of what a USP is not
Why you need a USP if you want faster growth
And the exact steps you need to take TODAY to craft your very own USP

We also reveal a simple equation to figure out how unique your current show is.

If you want to stand out from the crowd and easily attract the listeners you're trying to reach, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#16 | Andrew Shares Podcast Growth & Marketing Tips That Grew His Podcast To 14,000 Downloads/Month

Mon, 11 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0100

How Andrew breakdown how he grew his podcast to 14,000 Downloads/Month by being authentic, making a show unique & engaging with listeners online.

You'll also find out a simple trick that helped him increase the engagement and rating on his podcast by planning less and how you can do the same with your podcast.

Host Name: Andrew Morrison

Show Name: The Voice-Over Coffee Shop

Current audience size at the point of publishing:

Niche/Focus of show: Performing Art and voice Acting

You can find Andrew's podcast here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#15 | The New Approach For Podcast Intros To Get Listeners Hooked, Engaged & Taking CTAs (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 08 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Exploring the New Approach For Podcast Intros To Get Listeners Hooked, Engaged & Taking Our CTAs - Recap Rundown

This is a recaps rundown episode for '5 Growth Murdering Mistakes, Podcasters Make With Their Intro and Outros & What To Do Instead'

Where we covered:

Why starting your podcast episodes with ads and guest bios repels new listeners
5 growth murdering intro and outro mistakes podcasters make that cause slower growth and how to fix them
How to leverage the 3 benefits framework at the beginning of your intros that gets listeners to stick around till the end
A simple tweak you can make today to get more listeners to take your calls to action

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5 minutes episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to your podcast intro and outros, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#14 | 5 Growth Murdering Mistakes Podcast Marketers Make With Their Intro & Outro (What To Do Instead)

Wed, 06 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Getting thousands of listeners per episode might sound impressive.

But are they truly engaged?

Here's a revelation:

Having passive listeners can negatively impact your retention time Podcast SEO ranking on Apple and Spotify.

Streaming platforms thrive on listener engagement and app usage.

When your show doesn't achieve this, sharing your content becomes less likely.

Growth becomes an uphill battle.

Word of mouth won’t exist!

Engagement remains lackluster.

Listeners remain and won’t become patrons, clients, or customers.

And here's the kicker – Even with top-tier content (like yours), might still have a low retention time.

Why? Because something more potent than content influences whether listeners stick around till the end.

And it’s something most podcasters overlook or throw together based on what they see others doing. Never creating a framework to hook and engage new listeners.

I’m talking about your introduction.

How can you enhance the odds of listeners staying till the end and hearing your call to action?

Without hearing your call to action, how can they stay connected with you?

So in this new episode, we breakdown:

Why starting your podcast episodes with ads and guest bios repels new listeners

5 growth murdering intro and outro mistakes podcasters make that cause slower growth and how to fix them
How to leverage the 3 benefits framework at the beginning of your intros that gets listeners to stick around till the end
A simple tweak you can make today to get more listeners to take your calls to action

If you’re ready to level up the production of your show and learn simple changes you can make today to attract engaged and retain new listeners, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#13 | How To Blake Built The Fastest Growing Guitar String Business In His State With Effective Podcast Marketing & Monetization

Mon, 04 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Blake, host of The Tone Mob Podcast, reveals how he went from being unhappy with his 9-5, working 3 jobs to going all in on his podcast, going full time, and becoming a business partner in one of the fastest-growing guitar brand in US 'String Joy'.

Ever wondered when and if you should go all in on your podcast? Blake has you covered.

You'll learn more about why it's so important to consistently communicate with your audience of you want to grow and keep listeners around.

The multiple mindset shifts you must make when trying to grow a podcast vs when you've successfully built your audience.

And finally, the harsh reality of building an audience as an independent podcaster and why you have to keep pushing through hard times.

Host Name: Blake Wyland

Show Name: The Tone Mob Podcast

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 40,000 Downloads/Month

Niche/Focus of show: Music

You can find Blake's here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#12 | How To Use Online Communities To Accelerate Your Podcast Growth (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 01 Sep 2023 05:00:00 +0100

How To Use Online Communities To Accelerate Your Podcast Growth.

This is a recaps rundown episode for episode '3 Signs You're Missing a Community Aspect With Your Podcast & How To Fix It For Faster Growth'

Where we covered:

Proven strategies to transform a stagnant podcast into a thriving community
How to avoid a common pitfall that slows podcasters down from faster growth
How to fast-track your growth, cement your authority in your space and gain a competitive edge by encouraging listener interaction and leveraging listener-generated content

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5 minutes episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to using online communities to grow a podcast, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#11 | 3 Signs You're Missing a Community Aspect With Your Podcast & How To Fix It For Faster Growth & Monetization (Marketing Tips)

Wed, 30 Aug 2023 05:00:00 +0100

Building a loyal audience is challenging in the podcasting landscape.

With so many other shows, YouTubers, marketers, and mainstream media fighting for your listeners' attention, how are you going to stand out?

How are you going to ensure you not only get the attention of the listeners, but retain it?

Most podcasters want faster growth, a bigger audience, and a monetized show.

And if you’re reading this, my guess is you want this too.

Whereas most focus on growth…

We focus on the actions you need to take for faster growth!

Because not all actions are created equal when trying to grow a show.

Let me explain.

You might have a massive following on Tiktok; but zero podcast listeners.

Your following on social media vs the number of people listening to your podcast rarely adds up.

Building a following online doesn’t guarantee faster podcast growth.

What does, is building a highly engaged community that you can consistently turn into listeners.

Issue is…

Most don’t know where to start or how to best grow and use their community to drive growth for the podcast.

That’s why in this episode, you’ll discover:

Proven strategies to transform a stagnant podcast into a thriving community
How to avoid a common pitfall that slows podcasters down from faster growth
How to fast-track your growth, cement your authority in your space and gain a competitive edge by encouraging listener interaction and leveraging listener-generated content

So, if you're ready to pinpoint 3 Signs You're Missing a Community Aspect With Your Podcast & How To Fix It For Faster Growth, scroll up & click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#10 | How Jonny Grew His Podcast Past 2.4 Million Downloads (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 28 Aug 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Jonny Pardoe, host of The Self Esteem and Confidence Mindset, reveals how he grew his podcast past 2.4 million (20-30,000 downloads/week) and why you must keep things simple to grow.

If you are trying to be clever, smart, and sexy with your podcast titles, and content, Jonny has a different approach that's counter-intuitive but just works!

If you want to monetize your podcast Jonny has an interesting take on ads, and how and if you should even use them in the first place.

Host Name: Jonny Pardoe

Show Name: The Self-Esteem and Confidence Mindset

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 20-30,000 downloads/week

Niche/Focus of show: Mental Health

Global Ranking: Top 1%

You can find Jonny's podcast here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#9 | How To Make Your Show Top Priority To Your Listeners (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 25 Aug 2023 05:00:00 +0100

Does Your Podcast Targeting Lack Urgency

This is a recaps rundown episode for episode x 'Does Your Podcast Targeting Lack Urgency Leading To Slower Growth? Here's How To Fix It Right NOW (Part 2) '

Where we covered:

Why targeting an audience with urgency can make your podcast irresistible
How to quickly turn your podcast into a must-listen resource that stands out amongst other shows
What you need to focus on to make sure you’re positioned as an authority in your space

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5 minutes episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs the new way of growing when it comes to targeting the right audience to drive fast growth for your show, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#8 | Does Your Podcast Targeting Lack Urgency (Which Leads To Slower Growth): Here's How To Fix It Right NOW (Part 2)

Wed, 23 Aug 2023 04:00:00 +0100

The secret sauce that every podcast needs to gain traction fast yet most podcasters totally ignore!

I’m going to take a guess and say you’re hosting incredible interviews and publishing good content, right?

Right.

Like 10/10, captivating, inspiring, and action-packed with value- type of content.

Right?

Right!

Yet most podcasters have a hard time gaining traction.

Most podcasters believe it’s about more promotion, more exposure, and more high-profile guests.

It’s not.

It’s actually about urgency.

This can make or break a podcast!

And that’s why…

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why targeting an audience with urgency can make your podcast irresistible
How to quickly turn your podcast into a must-listen resource that stands out amongst other shows
What you need to focus on to make sure you’re positioned as an authority in your space

To discover how to use the power of urgency to fast-track your podcast growth, scroll up & click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#7 | How Raven Went From Nearly Quitting Her Podcast To 30,000 Monthly Downloads By Experimenting, Rebranding & Podcast SEO

Mon, 21 Aug 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Raven shares the mindset you have to adopt if you want to fast-track slow and steady growth as well as actionable change you can start making to your show TODAY to increase your discoverability.

Host Name: Raven Scott

Show Name: Empath and The Narcissist

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 30,000 monthly/downloads

Niche/Focus of show: Self Improvement, Relationships & Spirituality

Global Ranking: Top 1.5%

You can find Raven's show here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understanding of what it takes to build a successful podcast, scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#6 | Why You Need Urgency To Fast-Track Audience Growth (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Fri, 18 Aug 2023 04:00:00 +0100

Why You Need Urgency To Fast-Track Podcast Growth.

This is a recaps rundown episode for episode 5 'Does Your Podcast Content Lacks Urgency Leading To Slower Growth? Here's How To Fix It Right NOW (Part 1)'

Where we covered:

How injecting urgency into your podcast can captivate your listeners
A vital element every podcast needs to keep relevant to attract a growing audience
Why you should inject high energy and enthusiasm into your delivery style
How to leverage FOMO to create anticipation, generate buzz around your podcast, and to drive action like never before

We know how hard it can be to find time to revisit past episodes and refresh your memory.

That's why we've created "Recap Rundown" - bite-sized 5 minutes episodes that break down the key differences between the old way and the new way of thinking regarding growing a podcast.

If you're ready to discover the old way of growing vs new way of growing when it comes to urgency, scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#5 | Does Your Podcast Content Marketing Lack Urgency? This Causes Slower Growth & Monetization (Part 1)

Wed, 16 Aug 2023 04:00:00 +0100

The secret sauce that every podcast needs to gain traction fast yet most podcasters totally ignore!

I’m going to take a guess and say you’re hosting incredible interviews and publishing good content, right?

Right.

Like 10/10, captivating, inspiring, and action-packed with value content.

Right?

Right!

Yet most podcasters have a hard time gaining traction.

Most podcasters believe it’s about more promotion, more exposure, and more high-profile guests.

It’s not.

It’s actually about urgency.

This can make or break a podcast!

And that’s why…

In this episode, you’ll discover:

How injecting urgency into your podcast can help captivate new listeners
A vital element every podcast needs to keep relevant to attract a growing audience
Why you should inject high energy and enthusiasm into your delivery style
How to leverage FOMO to create anticipation, generate buzz around your podcast, and to drive action like never before

To discover how to use the power of urgency to fast-track your podcast growth, scroll up & click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#4 | Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips: Should You Focus on Short Form Content to Grow Your Audience Fast?

Mon, 14 Aug 2023 05:00:00 +0100

Do you feel confident what you're doing on social media is helping you grow? Or Does it feel more like guesswork?

Podcasters are told they need to promote constantly to grow. That is a lie!

You don’t.

And you definitely don’t need to start hiring a short-form editor or start a TikTok to increase your reach.

These things don’t work in helping you gain new listeners fast.

Even though the internet leads independent podcasters to believe so.

I know, shocking…

In this episode, you’ll discover:

Why short-form promotional clips are a terrible way to grow a podcast
The sneaky tricks social media platforms play to make you feel like you are reaching more listeners when you’re actually not
Why you shouldn’t make short-form content if you want to get the most out of your time as an independent podcaster

If you’re ready to gain back time and save money by taking 1 less action from your already demanding commitment to your podcast, scroll up and click play!

REF:

47 Percent of Internet Traffic is From Bots

Get a smart trackable promotional link here

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#3 | How Mike Cavaggioni Grew His Podcast Past 10,000 Dl/Mo By Outsourcing To Focus On The Podcast Foundations

Mon, 14 Aug 2023 05:00:00 +0100

Mike host of The Average Joe Finance show reveals how he grew his podcast past 10,000 Dl/Mo by outsourcing to focus on the podcast foundations and why he hasn't totally gone all in on his podcast even those he's comfortably making a fully time income from his show.

Host Name: Mike Cavaggioni

Show Name: Average Joe Podcast

Niche/Focus of show: Finance

Current audience size at the point of publishing: 10,000+ Monthly/Downloads

Global Podcast Ranking: Top 1%

You can find Mike's Podcast Here.

You can find out more about Edit Pods Here.

And this is one of those episodes.

So if you want to gain a deeper understand of what it takes to building a successful podcast scroll up and click play!

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#2 | 7 Reasons Podcasts Struggle With Growth & Monetization That No One Is Talking About - Marketing Tips

Mon, 14 Aug 2023 05:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered if they were any factors that make one podcast grow faster than another?

Well, there are.

Some are hidden in plain sight and are not so obvious.

And have you ever wondered why even though you’re creating great content, the show isn’t growing as fast as you’d like?

That’s exactly what we are going to be exploring in today's episode.

This is an entirely new way of approaching and growing podcasts that most gurus and marketers never seem o talk about.

But are essential for the growth of your show.

If you want to grow fast, get big, and monetize as soon as possible, you need these factors.

If you ignore them…most DO!

Then you’re stuck with slower growth, feeling frustrated and confused as to why the podcast isn’t gaining traction even though you make amazing content.

This is how successful podcasts are able to quickly establish their expertise, build their authority with ease and gain traction FAST.

They all understand and utilize these 7 factors.

So if you are ready to discover what these 7 reasons are and how to use them to fast track your growth scroll up and click play.

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.

#1 | Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing (Podcasting Growth, Marketing & Monetization Tips)

Mon, 14 Aug 2023 05:00:00 +0100

This is the first episode of why your podcast isn’t Growing.

Well, not as fast as you’d like.

This podcast looks to explore the fundamental reasons why some podcasts struggle to grow whilst others seamlessly take off.

The goal of this show is to help driven podcasters gain clarity on exactly why your podcast might be stuck with slow and steady growth and the step you can start taking today to fix that.

We believe the earlier you can figure this out, the quick you can get to faster growth, a massive audience, and a monetized show.

The longer you put this off the more the odds stack against you, the hard it becomes to grow and get more listeners for your show.

This episode will take a deep dive into Anthony, who he is, why he is qualified to help you grow and what’s taken him so long to get this podcast started!

Background on Anthony (host) and Taig, (the co-host and business partner who occasionally show’s up as a super guest):

3 years ago anthony was down and anxious, unhappy whilst at university, and uncertain about his future.

He started a self-publishing business during COVID, and invested his own money to kick-start his book publishing journey.

Him and his business partner and best friend Taig, decided to go into the podcasting niche.

Why podcasting? Well more on this on the show…

The first book they published failed miserably, but the second became a bestseller (Podcasting Made Simple by Daniel Larson).

Yes Daniel Larson is the pen name they chose…(for reasons you’ll discover on the show).

From there, they started helping podcasters after receiving requests for assistance.

Initially, they provided free consultations, then switched to paid services.

Anthony would eventually drop out of university to fully focus on their business.

Had a vision to help podcasters grow and monetize.

Over time their client base grew. 1 turn to 2, 2 to 4 and so on.

They have collectively interviewed and coached over 250 podcasters.

Sold over 20,000+ copies of their podcasting book.

Are the leading podcasting book brand on Amazon.

And owners of GetMoreListeners.com

They then launched the Get More Listener Academy at the start pf 2023, with all slots quickly filled.

Anthony and Taig goal is ongoing growth, learning, leadership, and embracing failure.

Went from being down and anxious to energized and excited about the future (that was 3 years ago).

Encourages others to pursue their ideas and go all-in on what they love.

Choosing your own path brings less anxiety and more fulfillment.

Decide, commit, and take it one step at a time—worth the challenge.

And this is the first episode of their own podcast…

How could they have the audacity to write a book on podcasting without being a podcaster?

How could they mentor and coach podcasters helping them grow, without being podcasters themselves?

And why did it take these so-called pros and podcast growth experts so long to launch their own shows? (well…you’ll have to listen to the show to find out).

New episodes every Monday, Wednesday & Friday morning.

More From Get More Listeners:

Grab your FREE personalized audit + a copy of our bestseller Podcast Marketing.

Book a 30-minute discovery call for the Get More Listeners Academy

View client results & case studies

Looking for a new hosting platform with amazing analytics? Try Captivate for free here

Email admin@getmorelisteners.com to get in contact with Taig & Anthony.